A GRAMMAR

OF THE

BOHEMIAN OR CECH LANGUAGE

MORFILL

HENRY FROWDE,

M.A.

PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND

NEW YORK

A GRAMMAR
OF THE

BOHEMIAN OR CECH
LANGUAGE

BY
i

W.

J^ff*

R;

j|

MORFILL,

M.A.

READER

IN RUSSIAN AND THE OTHER SLAVONIC LANGUAGES IN THE UNIVERSITY

OF OXFORD; CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE ROYAL SCIENTIFIC
SOCIETY OF BOHEMIA

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

1899

PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

BY HORACE HART, M.A.
PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY

INTRODUCTION
I

HAVE compiled

to feel

the

hope that a study

may

literature

induce English-

Europe have made greater efforts

and civil liberty and the renaissance

countries of

in the cause of religious

Bohemia

in

sympathy with the struggles of a noble Slavonic

Few

people.

of

Grammar

Bohemian language and

of the

men

this

in the

second decade of the present century must

be reckoned as one of the most extraordinary phenomena

which the world has ever witnessed.

scholars gave rise to a great political
spirit

was there

The Bohemian

it

The enthusiasm

of a few

The

national

movement.

only waited to be quickened.

or

Cech

language belongs to the western

branch of the great Slavonic family.

generally grouped by

scholars in

These languages are now

two classes:

(i) the South-

Eastern branch, including Old Slavonic (called also Old Bulgarian or Old Slovenish), Russian, Malorussian, White Russian,
Serbian,

and Slovenish; and

Polish, with

Danzig

the

(2) the

Western branch, including

interesting Kashubish

Bohemian or Cech, spoken

in

dialect,

spoken near

Bohemia and Moravia,

By its inhabitants Bohemia is called Cechy as a name of the people

have elsewhere ventured to use the form Chekh, so as to preserve the
The Polish form ordinarily used in England (Czech) leads
pronunciation.
1

to ambiguities.

INTRODUCTION

vi

with

its

cognate

Lower
Bautzen

(in

Slovak,
called

Serbish,

spoken in Hungary;

Saxony) and Kottbus

The

Slavonic people called Cechs

the

appearance in
A. D.

451

the usual

name

we

If

of the country, as

Slovaks

include the

corner, their capital

if

home

in

to

they used the Slovakish

It is

made

much

to

the north-west

(in

Bohemian language

The

identical with

Slovakish

Bohemian,

Both Kollar and Schafarik were

Slovaks, and the writings of Holly,

perfectly familiar

their

Sladkovic,

Bohemian

and Chalupka

brethren,

although

dialect.

to be regretted that attempts should have

develop

it

as

their

of the Boii), a Keltic

than seven millions 1

exhibiting a few peculiarities.

are

made

tribe.

Hungary

and purposes

dialect is to all intents

first

by the Boii (hence

settled

being Pressburg), the

now spoken by more

extinct

which they now occupy about

and the Marcomanni, a Teutonic

tribe,

is

territory

had previously been

It

and the

was afterwards the kingdom of

Polabish, once spoken in what

Hanover.

(in Prussia)

Upper and

spoken about

incorrectly Wendish,

a literary language;

the

been

Slovaks are

thereby only playing into the hands of their enemies.

It

would be impossible

in this Introduction to

enumerate more

than the most prominent of the Bohemian authors.

early

period we

In the

get the so-called Chronicle of Dalimil, which

dates from the beginning of the fourteenth century.

Of

this

an excellent edition has been published by Prof. Mourek, of

Prague,

See

Ceskeho.

from the MS. preserved

article

The

by the

late Prof.

Sembera

in

the

Library of Trinity

in the Casopis

exact number, according to him,

is

Musea Krdlovstvi

7,581,187.

INTRODUCTION
College,

Cambridge (Kronika Dalimilova podle Rukopisu Cam-

To

Prague, 1892).

bridgeske'ho.

belongs the Alexandrets, which

Latin.

vii

it

Jirecek assigns

the fourteenth century also

a free adaptation from the

is

to a period as early as the thirteenth

At the beginning of the fifteenth century a complete

was in existence. Before, however, we

century.

version of the Bible

the fourteenth

leave

we must mention some

century

poetry, the most curious of which

'

the Scholar

(Podkoni a

of mediaeval manners.
of Smil
Stitn^,

has

Zdk\ which

To

some

left

satirical

perhaps The Groom and

'

gives us a quaint picture

period also belong the

this

But the greatest

Flaska.

who

is

literary figure

interesting

moral

poems

Thomas

is

in

treatises

the

vernacular, which show how well developed Bohemian prose

was

this

at

children

early

period.

were edited

The

addresses of

by Erben

in

He

obecnych Vecech Kresfanskych).

1852
is

to

Sti'tny

(Knffiky

his

Sestery

supposed to have died

about 1400.

Here may be mentioned a Bohemian version of

of

the

War, composed

Trojan

the History

by Guido of Colonna, from

Dictys Cretensis and Dares Phrygius, which, to judge from the

number of MSS.
It

was printed

in existence,

at Pilsen in 1468,

must have been very popular.

and was one of the first books

which issued from the Bohemian Press.

great

name

of Hus, a

a detailed account.

Bohemian

literature.

man whose

life is

I shall confine

During

We now
too well

come

known

to the

to

need

myself to his influence upon

the latter part of the fourteenth

century and the beginning of the fifteenth the University of

Prague was

at

the height of

its

The

splendour.

of Wickliffe were introduced into the country

by

doctrines

the mysterious

INTRODUCTION

viii

Englishman, Peter Payne, a

in his native country

life

man

destined

Bohemia, although not

reputation in

made

and was there burnt

of Constance

language were collected

latter

They

1865-68.

them

is entitled,

attended the Council

in

Hus wrote

1415.

His works

in

and edited by Erben

in

One

of

are for the most part controversial.

Dcerka aneb

o pozndm cesty

Daughter, or the

Knowledge
Hus corrected the Bohemian

his

in 1369, took the

a great deal in Latin, but also in Bohemian.

the

a great

known about

rector of the University

how he

All have read

make

to

is

Hus was born

degree of M.A. in 1396, and was

of Prague in 1402.

much

prave k spaseni (The

of the Right

Way

to Salvation)

translation of the Bible,

2
.

and may

be said to have fixed the orthography of the language ;

in the

present century a few modifications have been introduced, thus

is

now

always written

place to j.

It

may be

any

The

country was now

factions.

We

Jan Zizka, who

au has become

as well

should

case

students

v,

can only

to

refer

old

camp

in

has given

Bohemian books
agitated

briefly allude to the

fortified his

and

mention these changes

to

some time

for

ou,

by

in
s
.

religious

famous captain,

an original manner, which

has been frequently imitated since.

About

this

time translations of the travels of Marco Polo, and

of those which went under the

their appearance.

He

name

of Sir John Mandeville,

made

Peter Chelcick^ deserves a brief mention.

was one of the leaders of the United Brethren, and, being

a cobbler by trade, was nicknamed Kopyto, or the shoe-last.

1

A Forgotten Great Englishman, by James Baker, London, 1894.

See John Hus, by A. H. Wratislaw, London, 1882.
See

The

progress of

Bohemian orthography

is

clearly given

by Gebauer.

INTRODUCTION

ix

His works were written between 1430 and 1456.

The most

He

was a great

celebrated are his Postils and the

Net of Truth.

denouncer of war, somewhat anticipating the views of the

Quakers and some of the recent Russian

In the sixteenth century the country
of the Renaissance, and

appeared.

Especially

Veleslavin and

Hrub^

be

the

translations

many

to

sects.

felt

mentioned

full

from the

classics

Adam

Daniel

are

was

z Jelenf, or Gelenius as he

according to the prevalent

influence

called,

To

fashion of latinizing names.

the sixteenth century also belongs the chronicler Vaclav Hajek,

a very interesting

writer,

fond of fables, as our

In

spite,

although somewhat inaccurate and

own Holinshed

was.

however, of the spirited attempts of the Bohemians

to preserve their constitution

and language,

as

shown by

the

enactment of the Statute of 1615, that no one could hold

office in

Bohemia who was unacquainted with Cech,

pendence was crushed

Mountain

in

at

the

terrible

battle

literary history of Europe.

White

practically disappears

exiles, as

those of the great

pedagogue Komensk^, called among us by

Comenius (1592-1670).
in the vernacular,

dictionary

is

from the

Such books as were produced were

almost exclusively the works of

Bohemian

of the

1620.

For two centuries Bohemia

many

their inde-

his

Latin

name

Besides his Latin works he wrote

and the

loss of the

MS.

especially to be regretted

of his great
1
.

Towards

the close of the eighteenth century and in the earlier part of

1

See the excellent Life of Comenius by Prof. Kvacala, in German.

Also Great Didactic of Comenius, by M. W. Keatinge,

(Leipzig, 1892.)

London, 1896.

INTRODUCTION

the present, a revival of the national spirit took place;

Bohemian Museum

at

the

men

of such

efforts

Prague was founded

as

Dobrovsk^, Palack^,

Jungmann, and Kollar placed

a sure footing.

the

1818, and

in

Schafarik,

Bohemian language on

the

Palacty told the world his country's history,

Schafarik traced the ancient abodes of the Slavonic race, Jung-

mann

published a copious dictionary of the Bohemian language,

and Kollar became the national

continued

till

the present day,

Their work has been

poet.

and Bohemia can now boast

a goodly array of authors, including such names as Vrchlick^,

Svatopluk Cech, Sladek, Eliska Krasnohorska (the nom de guerre

of Jindriska Pech), Prof. Kalousek, the historian, and

The

others.

who

reader

earlier literature

may

wishes to

as

plan

follows.

based, with

of the present

The

Sketch'

of the

The language

principles which

is

have

given

is

by

(Vergleichende

Second Edition, Vienna,

thus brought into

endeavoured

in order to

those

Grammar

harmony with

to

carry

Russian, Serbian, and Bulgarian grammars.

on previous occasions,

stated briefly

nouns and verbs

upon

modifications,

great Comparative

Grammatik der Slavischen Sprachen.

1876).

London, 1896).

work may be

little

classification

only slight

Miklosich in his

many
of the

be referred to the pages of Count Liitzow's

book (Bohemia, an Historical

The

know something

As

out in
I

the

my

have said

understand these languages

thoroughly we must always keep in mind the relations in which

they stand to the oldest Slavonic known,
1

There

ture,

is

also an account

London, 1883.

i.e.

the Palaeoslavonic,

by the present writer Early Slavonic LiteraFor those who can read Bohemian, see Tieftrunk,

Historic Literatury Ceske (several editions).

INTRODUCTION
as

has come

it

down

in the translation of the Bible

When we make

works.

languages,

we

apparent anomalies

grammars

of

the

mental work of

are

and other

a comparative study of the Slavonic

how one

feel

xi

the

explains

removed.

have

other

consulted

The volumes

language.

Gebauer which

of

how

and

many
monu-

the

have appeared up

the

to

present time (Historickd Mluvnice Jazyka Ceskeho) have been

constantly used

much

Grammar

by the Bohemian
Schulgrammatik,

useful information has

Prag,

published in Hartleben's

Joseph Masafik (Bohmische

of

and the

1878)

handy

little

volume

by K. Kunz, Die Kunst die

erlernen, and also by the Bohemian

series

Bohmische Sprache schnell zu

Grammar

of J. Fr. Vymazal, Briinn, 1881.

with

German language

the

been furnished

there

are

To

those acquainted

abundant

for

facilities

acquiring Bohemian, but in English the only available works

are

two

the

dictionaries,

University of

the

first

Prague, of

by Prof. V. E. Mourek, of
which the

English-Bohemian

part has appeared and a portion of the Bohemian-English,

and

an English-Bohemian and Bohemian-English Dictionary, published

by Karel Jonas,

U.S.

For Bohemians desiring

lately deceased, at Racine, in Wisconsin,

to learn English there are the

Jazyka Anglicktho pro Samouky (Handbook of the

English language for self-instruction), by Dr. V. E. Mourek, and
Ucebne' Listy

a convenient

little

Grammar by

Prof. Sladek.

For those desirous of pursuing further studies in Bohemian

literature the following

books

may

be recommended

(i) Vybor z Literatury Ceske' (Selections from

ture),

Bohemian

litera-

two large volumes of which have appeared, published

the expense of the Matice Ceska or

Bohemian Literary

at

Society.

INTRODUCTION

xii

In the second volume the extracts are continued to the end of

familiar will

riches of old

whom

subject

is

un-

be surprised, on opening these volumes,

at

the

the sixteenth century.

Persons to

Bohemian

the

literature.

(2) Anthologie z Literatury Ceske (Anthology of

Bohemian

literature), by Joseph Jirecek, of which several editions have

This excellent

appeared.

book

gives

selections

from

the

earliest times to the present day.

good summary of Bohemian

history will be found in the

Deje Krdlovstvi Ceskeho (History of the

Prof.

by

Tomek,

excellent maps.

It is

a great pity that this work has not been

As

yet

in

who

too content to
are interested

depreciating them, but the valuable work of Count

Liitzow previously alluded to

pate

we have been

about the Bohemians from people

learn

of Bohemia),

which Prof. Kalousek has added three

translated into English.

only

Kingdom

to

will

no doubt do much

As

the prejudices of ignorance.

the present occasion to give a complete sketch of

literature,

am

obliged

to

over

pass

to dissi-

have not space on

many

Bohemian

other

valuable

works.
I

have also with reluctance been compelled to omit extracts

from the older Bohemian

student with

archaisms.

literature,
It

will

for fear of confusing the

be observed that many of

the passages selected for translation are from the useful

of Prof.

Tomek

Prague, 1891.

what clumsy, but

already alluded to

The
it

English

may

work

Deje Krdlovstvi Ceske'ho,

occasionally appear some-

was not considered advisable

to depart too

much from the Bohemian idiom.

W.

R.

M.

CONTENTS
PAGE

Introduction
I.

Phonology.

The Alphabet
The Consonants
II.

Accidence,

(i)

INFLECTED PARTS OF SPEECH

The Noun
First Declension

a-stems

.....

Second Declension o-stems

Third Declension: Feminines in a and
Fourth Declension: u-stems
Fifth Declension i-stems
Sixth Declension Consonantal Stems
.
.
(1) v-stems
(2) n-stems :
(a) Masculine
:

(b)

The

Neuter

6
9
10

.11

...

II

12
12

12
13

(3)

s-stems

(4)

t-stems

15

(5)

r-stems

15

14

.16

Adjective

Comparison of Adjectives

19

vsecek or vsechen,

20

all

CONTENTS

xiv

PAGE

Numerals

(1)

Cardinal

(2)

Ordinal

The Hours

20
.

of the

.21

Day

23

Fractions of Numerals
Collective

23

Numerals

The Pronoun

23

The Personal Pronoun

The Reflexive Pronoun
Possessive Pronouns

24

.......

26

....

Demonstrative Pronouns
Relative

25

and Interrogative Pronouns

Pronouns

27
28

Indefinite

29

The Verb

The
(1)

30

Prepositional Prefixes

The

Infinitive

31

Stem

34

The Aspects of the Verb

(2) The Present Stem
A.

34
36

Conjugation with the Present Suffix

First Class.
Stems without Connecting Vowel
:

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

(6)
(7)

Those inland/
Those in s
Those in b and v
Those in h and k
Those in m and
Those in r and
Those which end

Second Class.
na-stems

37

37
38

38

/......40
,

nasal stems

39

39

a vowel

in

.......
........42
Stems with Connecting Vowel:

41

Stems with Connecting Vowel

First Group
Second Group
Fourth Class. Stems with Connecting Vowel

Third Class.

<? :

41

42

CONTENTS

xv

Stems with Connecting Vowel a

Fifth Class.

First

Group
Second Group
Third Group
Fourth Group
Sixth Class,

B.

43
.

ova (u-a) stems

....

know

46

46

be

46

.46

Voice, Mood, Tense, &c

The Conditional Mood

.....*.
.

Substantive Verb, byti, to be

of a Regular Verb
.

Paradigm of the Tenses

49

54

52

56

Participles
(2)

UNINFLECTED PARTS OF SPEECH

The Adverb

56

59

Prepositions
.

Conjunctions

-63
63

Interjections
III.

47

48

49

Irregular Verbs

The

45

45

dad, to give
(3) jadj to eat

Impersonal Verbs
Reflexive Verbs

45

(2)

(4) je*> to

43

.44

Conjugation without the Present Suffix

(1) ved, to

Syntax.

The Concords
The Noun
The Verb
The Sequence

64
64

Purpose
Order of Words

of the Tenses

in

a Sentence

Passages to be translated into Bohemian

67
67
68

...

Some Bohemian Phrases

Selected Passages

70
123

.127

CONTENTS

xvi

Heading Lessons

Vineta.

(Jan Kolldr)
Bohemian Literature under Wenceslaus IV.

The
The

Battle.
(/. V. Slddek)
Life of St. Vojtech.
(Frantisek Palacky}

Love and Death. (Jaroslav Vrchlicky)

Storm and Peace. (Jaroslav Vrchlicky}

An

140

(Tomek)

142
.

.143
.144

.145

Interior.

(Svatopluk Cech)
In a Strange Land. (Eliska Krdsnohorskd}

Bohemia

141

144
145

War. (/. Maly)

146
147
(Zdenka Semberova]
Palacky and the Frankfort Parliament. (Jan KalouseK) 148
The Death of the Blind King at Cregy. ( V. V. Tomek} 149
.150
Kublaj Chan. Videm' ve snu. (J. V. Slddek)
after the Thirty Years'

Details of the Poet Kolldr.

Vocabulary

153

PHONOLOGY

I.

THE Bohemian

alphabet has the following letters

a,

as in Italian.

a,

the

b,

as in English.

c,

as

c,

as ch in church.

same sound, but somewhat longer.

ts

noc,

nots.

pronounced

d,

as in English.

d\

as di in Fr. dieu.

a (English), short.

e,

like

<?,

like j/<?

myet.

This

which does not occur

f,

as in English.

g,

any original Slavonic word.

hard, but rarely used in Bohemian,

is

letter

its

in

place as early as

the beginning of the thirteenth century having been

taken by

h.

h,

pronounced

ch,

as in

i,

as in Italian.

/,

the

strongly,

like

ch in

German,

in

especially.

/,

German

same sound lengthened.

as English y, consonantal.

/,

as in English.
as in English.

m,

as in English.

k,

machen.

Sometimes vocalic

vide infra,

Auslaut

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

2
n,

as in English.

n,

as ny.

o,

always short.
only occurs in the interjection.

6,

/,

as in English.

r,

stronger than

r,

pronounced

s,

sharp, as in English.

in

Sometimes

English.

vocalic

vide

infra.

rzh, as rec, rzhetch.

j,

pronounced as English

t,

as in English.

/',

as in French metier.

u,

as oo in English.

*2,

the

#,

also like oo.

v,

as in English.

sh.

same sound, somewhat

y,

as Italian

y,

same sound, but

longer.

i.

longer.

as in English.

z,

as zh, like s in pleasure, or French j in jour.

When

vowels

the

accented, as

Bohemian.

a,

e,

It is

i,

are
{i.

to

be

Long 6

ordinarily

pronounced long they are

practically does not exist in

changed into

u,

which

is

pronounced

like oo (or the o in do).

ou
like

is

only diphthong, and

the

English

oo,

only

longer,

is pronounced something
and more of each vowel is

heard.

In pronunciation the difficult groups of sounds which occur

are frequently softened ; thus, the j is not heard before a consonant at the beginning of a word ; jsem, I am, is pronounced

sem

jme'no, a

Polish corka)

me'no ; dcera, a daughter, cera (cf. the

the
back, rbet \ hvezda, a star, vezda ; and
hrbet,

name,

now having become the ordinary

In the vocative of the first declension, before e, h

ctnost, virtue, cnost, the latter

orthography.

PHONOLOGY
becomes

ch, s

z;

before i (the

k,

nom.

and

r;

r,

in the

h becomes z

suffix),

3
nominative

ch, s

In the third declension of feminine nouns

and

in the dative

locative cases of the singular, the mutations of h, ch, k,

into

z,

f,

j,

also take place;

r,

a lesson from uloha

THE
The consonants may be
(a) Gutturals
(b)

Palatals:/
Liquids
Dentals

(e)

Or

/,

CONSONANTS.
thus divided

d\

s, s', t, /', z, z.

Labials: b,f, m, p,

into

n, n, r, r.

c, 8, d,

v Praze, in Prague.

g, h, ch, k.

(c)
(<?)

and

and r

thus uciti se uloze, to learn

Pra/ia, Prague

plural,

k, c.

v.

(a)

Hard

(b)

Soft:

(c)

Indefinite

/.

h, ch, k, r, n, d,

c,*,d',j,h,r,l,f,L
b,f,

I,

m, p,

we

After the hard consonants

after the indefinite,

s, v, z.

get y,

after the soft,

sometimes y and sometimes

z,

z;

and

In this way
ch into s, k into c
i.

must be explained the change of h into z or 2,

(or c). Thus matka, the mother; matce, of the mother: krotky
So also vlk,
ptdk, the tame bird; krotci ptdci, the tame birds.
a wolf; vlti zub, a wolf's tooth:

d becomes
an ox.

tele,

a calf;

one instance; as hovezi maso,

The remaining hard letters, r, n, d,
z in

when written r, n,
The following table

soft

d',

will

teleci

beef,
/,

maso, veal.

from hovado,

are pronounced

be found useful for remembering the

change of the consonants in Bohemian

into

2.

r into

r.

into

z, z.

s into

I.

into

c.

ch into
k into

c, c.

B 2

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

To

avoid hiatus

(1)

The consonant

we have

the use of:

v (thus rukovet, a guide, for rukojet,

i.e.

taking by the hand) ; navyknotiti, to get used to, where the root
This v is frequently introduced
is uk, the same as in nauka, art.

beginning of words.

at the

The consonant

(2)

Cf. vajce,

an egg, with Russian

flfln;o.

by the

common

as/#/', to go, originally iti (see

Gebauer,

h, as Holomuc, used

people for Olomuc.

The consonant/,

(3)
i.

570).

The

liquids /

and

sound, as vlk, a wolf,

between two consonants, have a vocalic

pronounce vulk (the u as in
/); prst,

r,

a finger, pronounce purst

Both

and

is

soon

in

krk, the neck,

English and German

pronounce kurk.

this brief e

occurs in syllables,

not pronounced ; cf. silber, silver, with Bohemian brzo,

fackel, a torch, with rekl, he spake ; fachert, with chrt,

a greyhound.

where there

The

is

Cf. also such words in English as gentleman,

only a distinct vowel in the first syllable.

accent in

Bohemian

is

always on the

first

syllable of

Prepositions of one syllable take the accent with

a substantive, being considered compounded with the word,

a word.

but the accent has nothing to do with the length of a vowel.

in words of four and five syllables the accent is on the

Even
first,

so that in the accentuation of a

word of

four syllables

another accent on the penult, as velebenf, praised ; fivesyllable words have sometimes another accent on the penult,

there

is

sometimes on the antepenult,

e.g. velevehlasny> very celebrated.

ACCIDENCE

II.

PARTS OF SPEECH may be thus subdivided

(1) Inflected

viz.

(2) Uninflected

noun, adjective, numeral, pronoun, verb.

viz.

adverb, preposition, conjunction, inter-

jection.

INFLECTED.

(i)

There
to

no

is

Bohemian language.

article in the

emphasize the word the pronoun

If

we wish

may be placed
The termination

before

ten

or for the indefinite article, jeden.

of the
definite adjective in -y or -i is also a sign of the article, although
its meaning is now somewhat obscured.
it,

THE NOUN.
1

The

following are masculine

Those denoting members of

(a)

teacher

sluha, the servant

Those which end

(b)

p, v,
(c)

/,

m,

z, s,

the

vevoda, the

male sex

duke

in

oak

ucitel,

the

vudce, the leader.

in the consonants h, ch, k,

as dub, the

Some which end

r, d,

t,

b,

cas, the time.

c, c, oj\ r, I/,

and

z,

as cepec, a cap

nuz, a knife.
2.

(a)

The

following are feminine:

Those which express persons

the mother

of the female sex, as matka,

pant, the lady.

the
(b) All substantives ending in a, as noha, the fort; reka,
of
offices
men.
some
river, except
denoting
;

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

6
(<r)

(d)

Many in e, as rule, the rose.

d\ n, /, and $,
Many in c,
<*,

as ret, the speech

jablon,

the apple-tree.
(^)

A few

3.

Neuter

in

z,

as

the ship.

lodt,

(a) Substantives

ending in

in e or

(b)

Many

(c)

Most of those

as

e,

in

/<?/<?,

/,

o,

tive,

calf.

as zdravt, health.

The Noun has two numbers,

seven cases

as mttko, milk.

the

singular

and

plural

There are

the nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, voca-

instrumental,

and

The

locative.

case

last

sometimes

is

only used with certain prepoThe genitive and accusative singular are the same in
sitions.
the case of animate things of the masculine gender in the first
called prepositional, because

it

is

declension.

FIRST DECLENSION, FOR ANIMATE THINGS.

a-STEMS (masculine).
holub, a pigeon.
Plural.

Singular.

N. holub

holubt (-ovi)

G. holub-a

D. holub-u

holub-u (-uv)

holub-um

(-ovi)

A. holub-a

holuby

V. holub-e

holub-i (-ove)

I.

holub-em

holub-y

L. v holub-u (-ovi)

v holub-ech (-ich)

corresponding to the Russian form in

the D.

and L.

sing,

and

N., G., V.,

as

-T>,

and L.

pa(yi>,

plur.

slave.

In

two forms are

in use.
1

The Old Slavonic had a

dual,

and of

this

traces

may

be seen in

Bohemian, as N. ruce, hands G. and L. rukou D. rukdm I. rukama

N. nohy, feet G. and L. nohou D. nohdm L. nohama k obrant prav svl
;

MacCaH slapali nohama, to the protection of the rights

of their nationality, which the Magyars trod under foot.

narodnosti, kteron

ACCIDENCE
Nouns having

in the

oblique cases, as sen, sleep

nominative frequently elide

;

gen. sna.

hrdc, a gambler

Singular.

N. hrdc

1
.

7
it

in the

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

This declension corresponds to the Russian masc. in B, as KOHL,

To it also belong verbal nouns ending in e, as vudce,

a horse.

the leader
tion

In the gen. sing, the termina-

zrddce, the traitor.

in -a

only when an animate

thing is signified; in the

case of inanimate things it is -u, which is encroaching upon
the other form (see Fourth Declension).
find, however,
-a for the genitive in many names of places, in the names of
is

We

the months, and those of the days of the week which end in -ek ;
as ledna, from leden, January pondelka, from pondelek, Monday.
;

We

however, pdtku from pdtek, Friday, and there are many

other substantives which cannot be brought under any rule, as
get,

vecer, the

evening

duch, spirit
is

the

hrib, a

churchyard

rybnik, a fishpond

substantives take both, e.g. dvur, the court;

mushroom

differentiated

thereby

a dream

hrbitov, a

Some

chleb, bread.

ze

and sometimes the meaning

from sleep, and snu, of

sna,

In the sing. voc.

ducha, the spirit ; duchu, breath.
is in e, as clovek, clovefo, a man ; buh, boZe, the'

common form

Besides u the locative often ends in

God.

-e
u is used after
and na, as v hradu. We are reminded of
such forms as the Russian BT> ro,ny in the year.
The nom. plural ends in -/ in some substantives, such as
;

the prepositions v

mesfan,

citizen,

those

mE/ane;

ending in

-tel,

as prilel,

a friend;

irregular plural, prdtele.

Plural nominatives in -a have a collective
meaning, as lesa.

word

for lesy.

In the instrumental we sometimes get the old Slavonic form

in -mi, as konmi, horses
The noun bratr,
(cf. Russian instances).
brother, has a collective
dat.

brathm,

form

inst. bratry, for

in the plural,

Stitny uses mild batrie as a plural.

Vecech Kres?anskych> ed. Erben,

nom. and gen. bralh,

bratrimi, loc. bralrich \

p.

314.

See Knizky Sestery o Obecnych

ACCIDENCE
knh, a

priest.

Plural.

Plural.

N. knH-i

A. knlZ-i

G. knH-i

I.

D. knti-im

L. v kne%-ich.

kne%-imt

kun, a horse.
Plural.

Plural.

N. kon-i

A. kon-e

G. kon-i

I.

D. kon-im

L.
pritel,

kon-mi
kon-ich.

z>

a friend.

Plural

Plural.

N.

pratel-e

A. prdtel-y

G.

/rfl/<?/

I.

pfdtel-y
L. v pratel-ich.

D. prdtel-um

The

singular of these three nouns

In the dative singular the syllable

-0z>

living beings, as bratrovi, to the brother

is

is

regular.

added

but JB&h,

to

names

God

of

duck,

the spirit ; clovlk, the man ; pan, mister, have only -u.
Tistc,
a thousand, and loket, an elbow, have in the gen. plural tisic
and loket.
The syllable -ov in the plural is frequently intro-

duced in the nom. and

ace., especially in

syllables.

SECOND DECLENSION.

the case of

mono-

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

io

pole, a field.

Plural.

Singular.

N. pol-e
G. pol-e

pol-e

D. pol-i
A. pol-e

pol'im

pol-i

pol-e

I.

pol-em
L. v pol-i

pol-i

v pol-ich.

an egg, has

vejce,

in gen. plural vajec

dat.

vejdm.

koristovdni, the acquisition of booty.

Plural.

Singular.

N. koristovdn-i

koristovdn-i

G. koristovdn-i

koristovdn-i

D. koristovdn-i

koristovdn-im

A. koristovdn-i

koristovdn-i

I.

koristovdn-im

koristovdn-imi

L.

v korisiovdn-i

v koristovdn-ich.

This

is

given as an instance of the ordinary verbal noun.

THIRD DECLENSION.
a-STEMS (feminine).
ryba, a fish.
Plural.

Singular.

N. ryb-a
G. ryb-y

ryb-y

ryb

D. ryb-e

ryb-dm

A. ryb-u
V. ryb-o

ryb-y

I.

ryb-y

ryb-ami
v ryb-dch.

ryb-ou

L. v ryb-e
ru$e, a rose.

Singular.

N.

Plural.

rtiZ-e

r&Z-e

G. ru%-e

ru%-i

D. rt&-i

r&Z-fm

ACCIDENCE

ii
Plural.

Singular.

A. ruz-i

ruz-e

V. ruz-e

ruz-e

ruz-emi

ruz-i

I.

L. v ruz-i

v ruz-ich.

To this declension belong all feminine nouns ending in -a,

and some masculine of the same termination (cf. Lat. scurra,
verna, &c.), such as pastucha, the shepherd ; vevoda, the duke.
To the second group all feminine nouns ending in -e or -e ;
dcera, a daughter, following the
in dat.

and

Old Slavonic form, has dceri

loc. singular.

FOURTH DECLENSION.
U-STEMS.

This declension has

now been

partly swallowed

up by the

only in gen. singular in -u, dat. and loc.

and in the termination -ov, which enters several

survives

It

first.

singular in -u,

times into the composition of the cases.

FIFTH DECLENSION.
i-STEMS.

kos/t

f.

a bone.
Plural.

Singular.

N. kosf

kost-i

G.

kost-i

kost-i

D.

kost-i

kost-em

A. kosf

kost-i

V.

kost-i

kost-i

I.

kost-i.

kost-mi

L. v kost-i

To
in

/,

this

v, z,

kost-ich.

conjugation belong
the most in

c, d, /,

all

substantives in

and

all

in

<?,

b,

p, m,

r, s, $,

s,

some

as hus^ the

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

12

goose

the salt

sul,

moc, the

power

rec, the

language

tvdr,

the face.

To

declension also belongs the plural form deti, children,

supplied to the neuter noun di/e, gen. dite, a child

this

which

is

SIXTH DECLENSION.
Consonantal Stems.
(i) V-STEMS.

cirkev,

a church.
Plural.

Singular.

N. cirkev

cirkv-e

G. cirkv-e

cirkv-i

D. cirkv-i

cirkv-im

A. cirkev

cirkv-e

V. cirkev
I.

cirkv-e

cirkv-emi

cirkv-i

L. v cirkv-i

Like

this

noun

is

v cirkv-ich.

declined krev, blood, which

is

only found

in the singular.
(2)

n-sTEMS

(a)

Masculine.

kamen, a stone

N. kdmen

kamen-y
kamen-u

G. kamen-e

D. kamen-i

kamen-um

A. kdmen

kamen-y

V. kdmen

kamen-y

I.

kamen-em

kamen-y
v kamen-ech.

L. v kamen-i

Of

ditek,
2

this

Plural.

Singular.

noun there

is

also

f.

Norn, in Old Slavonic KBMH.

another form, ditko-a, neut.

pi.

ditky,

ACCIDENCE
Den, a day,

is

very irregular.
Plural.

Singular.

In the

N. den

dn-i, dn-ove

G. dn-e

dn-i,

D, dn-i

dn-im, dn-um

dn-u

A. den

dn-i, dn-y

V. </-i

dn-i, dn-ove

I.

dn-em

dn-i,

L.

w </-

ve dn-ech.

common

that another

form

dn-y

expression ve due, by day,

used in the locative.

it

will

be observed

is

Tyden, a week (a

compounded word),

N. tyden

is

thus declined

V. tyden

G. tthodn-e

I.

D. te'mudn-i

L. v te'mdn-i.

tjmdne-m

A. tyden

This word

is

rarely used in the plural, nedele being

employed

in its stead.

(b) Neuier.

brime, a burden.
Plural.

Singular.

N. brtme

bremen-a

G. bremen-e

bremen

D. bremen-i

bremen-um

A. brime

bremen-a

V. brime

bremen-a

I.

bremen-em

bremen-y

L.

w bremen-i

ve bremen-ech.

This form, however,

nouns are
declension,
e. g.

is

only occasionally used, and all these

of the second

also declined like ordinary neuters

having

for

bremeno, bremena,

their

nominative

bremenu.

the ending -eno',

Other nouns belonging to

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

I4

this

declension are pismeno, the letter (of the alphabet) plemeno,

rameno, the arm ; semeno, the seed ; temeno, the top of
;
;

the race

the head.
(3) S-STEMS.
nebe, the sky.

Plural.

Singular.

N.

neb-e

neb-esa

G.

neb-e

neb-es

D.

neb-i

neb-esum

A. neb-e

neb-esa

neb-em

I.

neb-esy

v neb-esich.

L. v neb-i

To
the

properly belong oko, the eye, and ucho,

The singular is like the
which are thus declined.

this declension

ear,

ordinary neuter substantive in -0; the plural has disappeared

except in a few special uses and is now supplied by the dual.

Thus

N.

oft,

N.

us-fj

G.

o!-f

G.

us-i

D.

Mm

D. us-im

the eyes

the ears

A. w^-z

A. oci

V.

oH

V.

I.

oc-ima

I.

us-ima

L.

z>

L. v o2-zch.

us-t

us-zch.

Although the singular of these nouns is neuter, the dual is

we have modre' oti, blue eyes.

considered feminine, and thus

When an adjective or a possessive pronoun is used with the

instrumental for the sake of euphony, it takes a dual form, as
slysel

ears.

sem

to

svyma vlastmma uh'ma,

heard

it

with

my own

ACCIDENCE

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

i6

THE ADJECTIVE.
The Adjective, as in the other Slavonic languages, can take
both a definite and an indefinite form, but the definite form is now
practically confined to the sing. nom. masc. (as in Bulgarian);
the other cases are identical.
The definite form has the article
-y
it,

appended, and those adjectives which are primarily without

and have a predicate form, as zdrdv, well, can be made
zdrdv$\ in this form it can go
or after the noun.
There are two classes of

definite with this addition, as

either before
adjectives.

First Class,

ending in -y

silnjf,

strong.

Singular.

Masc.

Fern.

Neut.

N.

siln-y

siln-d

siln-e'

G.

siln-e'ho

siln-e'

siln-e'ho

D. siln-emu

siln-e

siln-e'mu

A.

siln-ou

siln-e

siln-e'ho, silny
'

V. siln-y
I.

siln-y

L. v siln-e'm

siln-d

siln-e

siln-ou

siln-ym

v siln-e

v siln-em.

ACCIDENCE
Second

Class, those of

one ending

dnesni,

Masc.

belong to to-day.
Plural.

Singular.
Fern.

For

Neut.
dnesni

all genders.
dnesni

dnesni

dnesn-iho

dnesn-ich

dnesni

dnesn-imu

dnesn-im

N. dnesni

dnesni

G. dnesn-iho

D. dnesn-imu

A. dnesn-iho^ dnesn-i dnesni

V. dnesn-i
dnesni

dnesni

dnesn-i

dnesni

dnesn-i

dnelnim

dnesni

dnesni

dnesn-imt

L. ve dnesnim

dnesni

dnesni

ve dnesn-ich.

I.

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES.

These

are formed from- masculine

-uv, -ova, -ovo to the

N. krdluv

noun, thus

nouns by the addition of

Singular.
syn, the son of the king

Plural.

krdlovi synove*

G. krdlova syna
D. krdlovu synu
A. krdlova syna

krdlovy syny

V. krdluv synu

krdlovi synove

I.

krdlovych synu

krdlovym synum

krdlovymi syny
L. o krdlovi synu
o krdlovych synech.
In the case of animate things singular the accusative (like the
genitive) ends in -a\ in the case of inanimate it is like the

kralovym synem

nominative.

noun

is

In the plural the nom. and ace. end in

animate, and

-y if it is

-/ if the

inanimate.

Feminine.
Singular.

plural

N. krdlova zahrada, the king's garden krdlovy zahrady

G. krdlovy zahrady
krdlovych zahrad
D. krdlovi zahrade
krdlovjme zahraddm
A. krdlovu zahradu
krdlovy zahrady
V. krdlova zahrado
krdlovy zahrady
I.

kralovymi zahradami

krdlovou zahradou

L. v krdlovi zahrade

v kralovych zahraddch.
c

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

i8

Neuter.
Plural.

Singular.

N. krdlovo

'

word

slovo, the king's

krdlova slova

G. krdlova slova

krdlovych slov

D. krdlova slovu

krdlovym slovum

A. krdlovo slovo

krdlova slova

V. krdlovo

krdlova slova

slovo

krdlovym slovem
L. v krdlovl slove

I.

If the

added

noun ends
e. g.

krdlovjmi slovy
v krdlovjch slovich.

in a vowel the termination -uv, -ova, -ovo

vudce, the leader

is

vudcuv, of the leader.

Feminine nouns make the possessive adjective in

-in,

-ma>

-mo, which are affixed to the stem, .the final vowel being cast
away, as -maeecha, the step-mother ; macesm, belonging to the
See
step-mother (favourite Slavonic mutation of ch into s.

From

adjectives of this description the proper names

but in Bohemian they are
;

p.

3).

in

Russian have been formed

diminutives, as Jiricek (lit. Little George), or partiforms

ending in-/, as Pospilil.
cipial
The accusative of the singular in masculine adjectives applied

commonly

to inanimate beings
it

is

is

like the

nominative

applied to animate

In the nominative plural the masculine

used with inanimate things, ends in -e, as

like the genitive.

adjective,
zelene

when

duby,

adjectives h

it

the
is

is

Before

green oaks.

changed

into

z,

ch into

and

-t

s,

in

the plural of the

k into

c,

and r

into r.

and

-cti in
-cky change
Adjectives ending
the plural, as Stavove celti z te priciny, sesedse se v nlkterem

in -sky

into -sti

poclu v Praze, the Bohemian Estates from that cause having

assembled in a certain number in Prague.
The adjectives used as substantives are declined like sz'Iny, as

poddany, the subject; hospodsky, the innkeeper; polesny, the

Feminine: Panskd, the chambermaid; krejcovd, the
forester.
female

tailor.

over a bridge.

Neuter

dobre,

good

mostovt, toll paid to

go

ACCIDENCE

19

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

The comparative

degree

is

formed by adding to the stem of

the adjectives the terminations -Ijli or

1.

The ending

-ejst (-ejst)

is

put

-ejli, -sz

or

-i.

after adjectives

-ry. -mji, -ny, as rychly, quick, rychlejsi

ending in

-ty,

also after those in -v$,

and some in -<5/, -py; when hard, the termination

of the stem being changed into a soft consonant.
2. The ending -', before which h goes into # and ch into s,

-ty, -sky, -c/y,

is

placed after the stem in adjectives in -by, -df, -hy, -chj, as

in the case of adjectives ending in -//, -ekf,

tichy, quiet, /zLV;

-o&y, the termination is cast

the comparative as in

aside in

Russian (the k being a mere

suffix

to

form the

adjective), as

There are, however, a few

hlubsi, deeper.
deep
instances where the k is preserved in a modified form, as

hluboky,

lehci, easier

easy
mekky, soft

lehkj,

Some

mekci, softer.

comparatives take both forms, as

pure

cisty,

cistn, cistejli, purer

tmavy, dark

The

tmavli, tmavejsi^ darker.

following comparatives are altogether irregular

good

lepsi,

better

veliky, great

vetsi,

greater

bad

horsi,

worse

dobry,

zly,

rnenh', less

little

mdly,

dlouhy, long

The

superlative

is

delsz,

formed by prefixing the

hard

longer.
syllable nej- to the

tvrdsi, harder

nejtvrdsi,

the

comparative and superlative adjectives are declined

like

comparative,

as

tvrdy,

hardest.

The
dnelni.

C 2

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

20

vsechen,

Masc.

N. vsechen
G. vseho

D. vsemu
.

I.

L.

(vseho, animate
(vsechen, inan.

all.

ACCIDENCE
ii. jedenact.

21

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

22
400 th
th

500
6oo th

th .

ctyfst^.

900

p^tist^.

i,ooo th

sestisty.

2,000

7oo th sedmist^
8oo th osmisty.

devitist^.
tisici.

dvoutisicf.

io,ooo th

desititisicf.

ioo,ooo th

stotisicf.

th

The

following are the chief rules for the use of the numerals:
Jeden, jedna,jedno is declined like an adjective and agrees with
its

noun.

N. A. dva, dve
G. L. dvou

D.

I.

(the last for fern,

neut.)

dvlma.

In the same way

is

declined oba, both

obe, obou,

N. A.

tri

I.

G.

tri

L. ve trech.

D.

thm

N. A. ctyri
G.
tty?

D:
It

and

obema.

tremi

I.
ttytmi
L. ve ctyrech.

ctyrem

be seen that the

will

first

four

numerals are used as

adjectives and agree with the nouns to which they belong,

tri %eny,
as dve jablka, two apples
ctyri mu%ove, four men
;

The

three

women.

them

in the genitive plural, as pet hrusek, five pears.

numerals from pet onwards are

treated as substantives and take the noun, which goes after
rest of the

ever, only applies to the

numeral when used

and accusative cases; in

adjective and agrees with

all
its

in the

the other cases

noun;

it

is

This,

how-

nominative

used as an

e.g. plti hruskami, with

five pears.

From

pel inclusive to devlt a devadesdt (99) the nominative,

and vocative of the numerals are the same, the

accusative,

remaining cases take the

suffix

-i.

Sto (100) and

tisic

(i,coo)

ACCIDENCE
are substantives

The

dual

is

still

sto is

23

declined like slovo and

found with

sto>

as dve

stl

tisic like

(200),

th

hrac.

sta (300),

ctyh sta (400), pit set (500). Tisic has in the gen. plur. tisic
and tisicu; sto generally remains undeclined, especially after
prepositions

sto lety.

prld

THE HOURS
The

OF THE DAY.

following phrases will illustrate

some of these

Pul

treti, half-past two.

Tri ctvrti na treti, a quarter to three.

Ctyh minuty na

ctvrtou, four

minutes to

four.

FRACTIONS OF NUMERALS.
pul, polovice, a half.

dve pule, two halves.

tretina,

a third.

dve tretiny, two-thirds.

th ttvrte,

three-fourths.

ctyh pltiny,

four-fifths.

sestma, a sixth.

COLLECTIVE NUMERALS.

Such are
together,

dvojice^

and

a couple

others.

It is

patero^ five together

sedmero, seven

no doubt from the point of view of

numbers being taken collectively that we are to explain the

use of the neuter in the predicate when the subject expresses
a quantity, as in the following instances Pltjabkk mnl zbylo,

the

had

of them

five
fell.

apples
(Cf.

over.

Ctyri sta jich padlo, four hundred

Russian idiom.)

Distributives are expressed

po

lesti zlatych,

he gave them

by the preposition po.

six florins apiece.

Dal jim

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

24

THE PRONOUN.
PERSONAL.
Singular.

N. jd,

ACCIDENCE

25

The nominative on and its corresponding feminine and neuter

forms are supplied to the pronoun of the third person from
another source. (Cf. onen, ona, ono, that.) The rest of the cases
be observed, cognate with the suffixes of the oblique

are, as will

cases of the definite adjective.

The form of the accusative neuter

peculiar, because in

is

other instances the accusative of the neuter

is

In Old Slavonic the nominative was

nominative.

all

identical with the

H, nate.

The

genitive case of the pronoun 3rd person jeho (ejus,

is
used as a possessive, in the same way as in Greek and
avrov)
as
Latin,
kunjeho, his horse, both for the masculine and neuter
;

je/t,

her (ejus,

avrrjs)),

and

for the feminine,

jejich or jich, their

(eorum, earum, avrfov). With words in the plural the form

jejich is used for the fern. sing, (ejus, avr^s).

The

oblique cases of the pronouns in the 3rd person take the

-n when they are preceded by a preposition
but this
addition does not take place when the genitive feho, ji, &c.,

letter

serves as a possessive pronoun, e.g.:

went into

his

garden

but

sli

sme k

sme do jeho zahrady, we

sli

mm, we went

to them.

THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUN.

The

A.

sebe, se

G.

sebe, se

I.

seb ou

D.

sobe s

L. v sobe.

peculiarity of the

reflexive

and other Slavonic languages

is

pronoun
that

it

in the

Bohemian

be

employed

may

indiscriminately for all the three persons ; and the same may be
said of the possessive adjective svtij, which is always reflexive,
like the Latin suus.

The
at

short forms mi,

ti,

si are enclitics,

the beginning of a sentence

The

datives ti

and Greek.

u mne, at my
and vdm can be used

after prepositions, as

In the case of

ti

and cannot be used

nor can they be employed

house k tobe, to thee.

even the

ethically, as in Latin

i is frequently ejected at

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

26
the

end of words, vimf-=.vim

you

see, I

know

lit.

ti,

know

for you,

i.e.

There

Some

of the prepositions are put with the pronoun of the

This is constantly
3rd person masc. in a contracted form.
found in Old Slavonic, and, of the modern languages, in Polish

The

and Cech.

following prepositions
pres, skrz, nad, pod,

account

nan,

behind him

used in Cech mostly after the

pro, na, o, ve, za ; more rarely after

accusative
:

is

pred] thus: pron, concerning him, on his

on him

on,

concerning him

preseh, over him

skrzen,

ven, in

upon him; poden, under him; preden, before him.

Polish dlan zeh, &c.

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
muf, mine.
Singular.

Masc.

him

through him

zan,

naden,
Cf.

the

ACCIDENCE

27

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

28

RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.

(a) Interrogative.

kdo,

N.

kdo,

who

co,

what.

who

co,

whom
ko-hu, to whom
ko-ho, whom
ky-m, by whom
v ko-m, in whom

what
of what

G. ko-ho, of

ce-ho,

D.

ce-mu, to what

A.
I.

L.

co,

what

ci-m,

These two pronouns have no

ktery, -a, -e,

who, which,

by what

v ce-m, in what.
plural.

declined like slaby, slabd, slabe\ and

is

h, whose, like dnesni.

(6)
1

jenz

Masc.

Relative.

who, which.
Neut.

Fern.

N. jenz
G. jehoz

jez

jez

jiz

jehoz

D. jemuz
A. jehoz, jejz

jiz

jemuz

jiz

jez

jzz

jimz

L jimz
L. v nemz

v niz

v nemz.

Plural.

Observe the permanent addition of the

For inanimate

things.

enclitic.

ACCIDENCE
Before

pronoun an n

this

case with

the

already explained

inserted after prepositions, as

is

the personal

29

pronoun of the

is

third person, as

the fact being that these forms are in origin

As

said, on, ona, ono, &c., are borrowed.

I have already
the gen. fern, the

longer form

the gen. plural of

identical with the third personal

all

jejflt is

pronoun.

For
sometimes used, and for

genders jejichb.

As

in

other European languages, the interrogatives

can also be used as relatives, and they are

many
and

ktery , kdo,

co

declined in exactly the

same way 1

used for

co is frequently

all

three genders.

It

is

sometimes

colloquially used in a redundant manner, thus znds toho clovlka

co sem s mm mluvil? for s nimz o kterym, dost thou know the
:

man

with

garian,

whom

spoke

and elsewhere

This idiom

in the

is

found in Bul-

also

Cf.

Aryan languages.

rjs

efx e

dvydrpiov avrrjs nvev/Jia aKa

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

each

1.

kadf

2.

$ddnj}* t

3.

samy, alone

4. jtny,

To

(like slabf).

none

these

may

used mostly in the nominative.

sam,

another

self.

(alius).

druhy, the other

(alter).

be added ledakdo, whosoever

ledaco,

whatso-

ever; kterykoli, whoever.

The enclitic z is sometimes added, as kteryz, kdciz. This is the same as

the Russian JET^ ace, which however in that language is not added to the
word.
2

The etymology

of this

word

is

very curious.

It is

connected with

and thus comes to mean something wanted.

Cf. Polish, zaden, thus: aby jemu poddanl neprokazovali zddneho poslutenstvi, that his subjects should show him no obedience.
a root

meaning

'

to thirst,'

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

30

THE VERB.
Before discussing the active and passive forms of the verb,
their different meanings when compounded with preposi-

and

tions, I shall discuss the great difficulty of the Slavonic verbs

a difficulty which they all have in common, viz. their division

The researches of philologists have proved that
these aspects are really to be found in the primitive forms of
into aspects.

the

Professor Miklosich showed

verb.

Aryan

many

instances in

which such aspects can be traced in other languages (see p. 31).

The aspects are of two kinds perfective and imperfective.
The perfective aspect denotes either that the action has been
quite completed or that

no present

it

This aspect has

but
a
present form with
speaking,

will definitely cease.

tense, strictly

a future signification.
Many of the verbs belonging to this perfective aspect are
compounded with a preposition; as ponesu, I will bring.
The imperfective verbs express an action that is not completed

but this

tinuing, or
first
'

class

()

may

be conceived either

as repeated at various times.

are

called

'

durative/

those

of

(a) as

The
the

merely converbs of the

second class

iterative/

The perfective verbs are again subdivided, either (a) as

they denote completion without regard to the duration of the
action, e.g. to do a thing in one or more acts (unconditional
perfective verbs); or

action

(conditional

(<5)

with reference to the duration of the

perfective

In the

verbs).

last

case the

one the beginning and end of which

as
are simultaneous,
klesnoul, he sank
padnoul, he fell the
all
as it were
these
done
once
for
action being
rapidly,
action

may be

either (a)

'

verbs are called by Miklosich momentaneous,' and by Russian

grammarians the aspect is called the perfect aspect of unity ;
'

or

(/3)

the action

end; and

may

'

not have a simultaneous beginning and

subdivided into
(i) cases where

this class is further

ACCIDENCE

31

the action, the completion of which

is predicated, is a continuous one, or (2) cases where it is repeated at various times.

The first of these Miklosich calls ' durative perfective/ the

second

'

iterative perfective

n
.

The

aspect of a verb can only be determined by a reference

to one of the six conjugations to which the verb belongs, due

regard being paid as to whether a preposition is prefixed or not.

The scheme given on p. 34 will assist the student in the matter.

There are three moods in Cech the infinitive, indicative,

and three tenses the present, future, and past.
:

and imperative

Each aspect is regularly conjugated according to its own

moods and tenses.
The prepositional prefixes are very important, and the leading
ones are therefore given here, for they have great influence

upon the aspects of a verb, as the reader will see by looking

the scheme of verbs and their aspects on p. 34.
it

at

do implies the accomplishment of an action, the carrying of

out to the end, as docetl sem knihu, I have read the book

through.
na denotes action
chle'b,

to spread butter

upon something,
upon bread, na

as namazati mdsla

na

also frequently has the

sense of doing a thing to satiety, as nemu%eme se

we cannot sufficiently wonder about him.

mu

nadiviti,

The
Corresponding examples may be found in other languages.
following example from the excellent Polish grammar of the late
Professor Smith, of Copenhagen (Grammatik der polnischen Sprache,
illustrate the aspects.
Thus in Greek
Berlin, 1845), w
1

Imperf. rvyxavcu, TVfx avov (stem rvyx av ~)Perf.

Teuo/*cu, ZTVXOV (stem TI/X-).

Imperf. fiyvuffKoj, eyi-yvwffKov (stem yiyvwffK-').

Perf.
yvwffofiat, eyvow (stem 7^0;-).
thus see that the imperfective aspect furnishes to the Slavonic verb
the present, (2) the imperfect tenses; while the perfective aspect

We
(i)

furnishes (3) the future in the simple form as

and

artificial future, (4)

the aorist.

opposed to the compounded

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

32

nad denotes upon,

Sometimes

as nadepsati, to write upon.

with this preposition the reflexive

si nadesel, here I have come

is

used in the dative, tudy sem

express round an object; osekati,

v disappears after b, as oiled, to draw on.
o

and

ob

to

cut round.

od denotes from, separation, as odtrhnouti, to tear away.

po gives a sense of diminution, as poposedni
a

little

ddl,

down

sit

longer.

pod expresses underneath,

as podkopati, to dig underneath.

pro denotes carrying a thing through

prolomiti, to break

by this action, as prohrdti, to gamble away

one's property, and sometimes to begin, as promluviti, to begin

through

also loss

speaking.
pre denotes repetition and moving from one place to another,
Conas preskociti, to leap over; preliti, to sew over again.

nected with the

meaning are such expressions as precestiti,

Bohemian. Cf. also matkq. svou pre%ila, she

first

to translate into

survived her mother.

pred

signifies before, as predblhnouti, to outstrip

in

flight

predlobiti, to lay before.

pri

signifies

drawing near to an

object,

as pristoupiti,

to

approach.
roz denotes separation, as rozkousnouti, to bite in twain.
j denotes together, as sehnati, to hunt together; sometimes
direction

downwards from above, as

sou signifies together.

spadnouti, to

It is said to

be for

fall

from.

spolu, as souhlasiti,

to agree.

u gives the idea of thoroughness

make

to the verb, as ubehati, to

oneself tired by running.

1
This si (which reminds us of such expressions as ipse sibi in Latin) can
be paralleled in other Slavonic languages. Cf. the Bulgarian a3!> HMaiTB
napn npn ce6e CH, I have the money with me (Morfill, Short Bulgarian

Grammar,

It is analogous to such expressions as the Russian

p. 23).
npeicpacHaH codoio, where the pronoun is quite superfluous.

ACCIDENCE
v denotes motion into, as

vejiti,

to

33

go

in.

vy denotes motion from an object, out

of,

as vyrezati, to

cut out.

vz denotes motion upwards, as vzrusti, to grow up.

z gives an idea of thoroughness, as zhynouti^ to perish utterly.
s also is sometimes used in the same
way, as spaliti^ to burn
entirely (comburere).

going beyond the mark, zablouditi, to wander

Sometimes
astray.
(probably from the idea of the incompletion
of the action) it implies, to do a thing a little, as zaspivati, to
za

implies

sing a

little.

We

sometimes find a verb compounded with two and even

three prepositions, as po-od-loziti, to lay aside a

nd-sledovati) to follow a person

The

one

till

little

weary of

na-pro-

it.

following are the original personal suffixes of the verb

The -m

of the

-m

-m

2.

-s

-te

3.

-/

-/.

first

Plural.

Singular.
1

is

sing. pres. is

found in verbs
1

(i), according to the

ensuing paradigms
person plural has become -ou.
The connecting vowels are e and o ; e.g.
.

The

III,

IV, and

nasal of the

third

pleten,

The

woven.

verbs which

we

perf. part, passive

shall find afterwards in the

marked B have no connecting vowel

in the present; as
dd-m, I give ; ji-m, I eat ; js-em, I am.
The conjugation of the Bohemian verb will be here arranged
according to the system of Miklosich. Before, however, giving

class

vt-m, I

know

The Slovak language, already described

It may here be stated that

out the verbs.

in the preface, has

the oldest forms of

-m throughCech show

a dual in the verbs, as also in the nouns. These venerable remains, as

they may well be styled, are found also in the Upper and Lower Sorbish
languages and Slovenish.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

34

the several classes of verbs,

it

will

be as well to quote his

analysis of the Slavonic verb generally.

Each verb has two

stems,

firstly,

the

infinitive

stem, and

It is upon the principle of the

secondly, the present stem.
infinitive stem that the verbs are here arranged.

(i)

In

this the

THE

INFINITIVE STEM.

verbs are divided into two classes, according as

they add verbal suffixes immediately to the root, or add them to

a root or a nominal or verbal stem by means of one of the

na l e i, a, ua (ova).
following suffixes (connecting vowels)
Putting these two together we may say that verbal stems are
1

divided into six classes

(b)

;/-stems.

(c)

^-sterns.

(d)

/-stems.

(e)

<z-stems.

0z><2-stems.

(f)

We

Stems without a connecting vowel.

(a)

again

thus have the verbs divided into six chief classes.

may be

regarded from the point of view of

These

(i) those

which have no preposition prefixed; (2) those which have a

preposition prefixed. With reference to their aspects, the verbs
are thus arranged under the six classes
:

I.

(a)

Without the prefix of a preposition

As

perfective,

a rule imperfective, some durative.

which must be learned by practice.

(d) Perfective,

a few inchoative-durative

beginning of an action which

(i.

There are a few

e.

expressing the

lasts).

1
The 0, borrowed from the Polish, is here adopted from Miklosich as
a means of expressing the nasal, which originally existed.

ACCIDENCE

35

when derived from nouns, inchoative-durative.

Durative
a
few iterative, some perfective.
(d)
of
the
first
Those
subdivision are durative, if derived
(e)
Durative

(c)

from nouns (verba denominaiivd] ; iterative, when derived from

verbs (verba deverbativa}\ those of the second, third, and fourth
subdivisions of primary verbs are durative.
(_/) Durative

verba

if

denominativa

iterative

when

verba

deverbativa.

With the

II.

prefix of a preposition

(a) Perfective.

Perfective.

(b)

In both subdivisions perfective.

(c)

(d) Perfective, if durative.

Durative verbs become perfective

(e)

durative

and some

become

iterative verbs

perfective.

(/") Verba denominativa, already durative, become perfective

verba deverbativa, already iterative, become durative 1

The

1.

2.

suffix,

Only rarely
minus 2, as

The

3.

suffix of the infinitive is -A", as tvoriti^ to

first

is

declined,

when

dormitum.

spat, to sleep,

past participle active originally

This however has

it

make.

the supine found which has the infinitive

fallen

leaving

off,

becomes

the

had the

ending

suffix

-v,

-s.

unless

-vst.

4. The suffix of the second past participle active is -/; this

occasionally drops off from lax articulation, as pribeh, he ran up ;

spad he
y

fell

down

utek,

he escaped.

Cf.

Russian Beat,

The second past participle with the addition of the present

tense of the substantive verb is used as the ordinary way of
1

The

student must continually keep this table in mind. It is impossible

grammar at the outset. It must

to master this difficult part of Slavonic

be acquired by reading the language

the verb at once explained.

but

it is

better to have the ratio of

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

36

expressing the past tense in Bohemian, the gender being preserved in the singular
thus
;

dekoval jsem, I have thanked

dekovaljsi, thou hast thanked
dekoval (jest], he has thanked,

with a for the feminine and o for the neuter

And

in the plural thus

dekovali jsme,

we have thanked

dekovalijste, ye have thanked

dekovatijsou, they have thanked,

with -y for

fern,

This

now

aorist

is

and -a

for neuter.

the only past tense in use, the imperfect

The

having disappeared.

various shades of

and

meaning

of

the past tense are expressed by the aspects.

5.

form

The
in -/

suffix
is

of the past participle passive is -n or -/.

The
in the first and second conjugations.

more common

6. The aorist which existed in Old Slavonic and

Bohemian has now completely disappeared.

(2)
1.

2.

The

THE PRESENT

present suffix

is -e,

which

The second

Imperative.

also in

Old

STEM.

is lost

singular in

some

in

verbs.

-z',

the second plural

present; the accent being on the first syllable. The

characteristic -i of the imperative singular is lost in the plural
Russian ciast); and the i in the plural is shortened or
(cf.
like the

m'tf/e, look ye (cf. Russian nosBOJiKre).

imperfect which existed in Old Cech has completely
disappeared in the modern language.

omitted, as
3.

The

4.

Present participle

participle

short form

was

-nf.

/ falls

(Cf.

The

active.

original

Ger. gehend?)

out in Auslaut; and n

the preceding vowel,

becoming

<?,

If

it

suffix
is

of

used in

this
its

amalgamated with

is

i} or a, ou

if,

however, the

ACCIDENCE
longer form with

i at the

hlede, hledici, seeing

The

5.

Slavonic

end

becomes

present participle past, which

languages has disappeared,

A.

from

tj,

as

known

is

in

so

many
in

represented

of the

Cech

zndm, celebrated.

CONJUGATION WITH THE PRESENT SUFFIX.

STEMS WITHOUT CONNECTING VOWEL.

FIRST CLASS.

Those in d and

(i)

plesti,

Inf.

used

jsoud, being.

only by fragments, e.g. vedom,

a.

is

37

Inf. ple's-ti.

stem, pkt.

t.

to weave.

Past part.

act.

I.

Past

pht.

Past part. pass, plet-e-n.

part. act. II. plet-l.

Pres. stem, plet-e.

j3.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

Imp.

i.

plet-u-

plet-e-me

2. plet-e- s

plet-e-te

3. plet-e

plet-ou.

i.

2.

pkt

plet-te

3.

pkt.

pkt-te.

pkt-me

Pres. part, active, plet-a.

rule), pasti (to fall), and sjesti (to sit), although
O. C. are lost in the modern language, and their
place supplied by verbs in the second conjugation, e.g. vlddnu,
pddnu, se'dnu. jdu, to go, borrows its past from the root sed,

vldsti (to

existing in

which

is

ejected.

identical with chod in choditi, to go.

The d

Sometimes we

find the

(Cf. Polish szedl.)

has been

form

isel

with a parasitic
as is the case in so many of the Slavonic
languages. Past part. act. sed: presed pre% hory, having gone over
the mountains.
*',

(2)

Stems which end in

ne'sti,

a.

Inf. stem, nes.

part. act. II. nes-L

Inf.

s.

to bring.

ne's-ti.

Past part.

Past part. pass, nes-e-n.

act. I. nes.

Past

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

38
/3.

Pres. stem, nes-e.

Pres.

Imp.

Singular.

Plural.

i.

nes-u

nes-e-me

2.

nes-e-s

nes-e-te

3.

nes-e

nes-ou.

nes-me

i.

nes

nes-te

3. nes

nes-te.

2.

Pres. part. act. nes-a.

(3)

Sferns

which end

b and

in

v.

[These are wanting in modern Bohemian, most of the verbs

belonging to them being found in the fourth conjugation.]

which end in h and

(4) Stems

pe'ci,
a.

Inf.

13.

to bake.

Past part. act.

Inf. pe'ci.

stem, pek.

part. act. II. pek-L

k.

I.

pek.

Past

Past part. pass, pec-e-n.

Pres. stem, pek-e.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

Imp.

i.

pek-u

pec-e-me

2.

pec-e-s

pec-e-te

3.

pec-e

pek-ou.

i.

2.

3.

pec-me
pec
pec

pec-te
pec-te.

Pres. part. act. pek-a.

Important verbs connected with

able,

mohu

teci,

to flow, teku

burn, Zhu, z%es, %ze, %$eme,

%%ete,

this

zhon

1
.

only used when compounded with roz.

rku,

speak,

rkou,
1

they speak
Cf. Russian

class are

mod, to be

to draw, vleku

vle'ci,

the

$tci\

This verb, however,

Of net,

to

imperative

to
is

speak; only
forms rci,

ACCIDENCE
rceme, rcete

39

and the past part. act. II. rekl-a-o are found

we must go to conjug. II. reknu.

for

the rest of this verb

(5) Stems

which end in

and

n.

za-ti (zt-ti)) to reap.

a.

stem, zn.

Inf.

/3.

Past part.

Inf. ziti.

Past part. pass.

part. act. II. za-l.

act.

I.

Past

za-v.

zat.

Pres. stem, zn-e.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

Imp.

i.

zn-u

2.

zn-es

zn-e-me
zn-e-te

3. zn-e

zn-ou.

i.

zne-me

2.

zn-i

zn-e-te

3.

zn-i

zn-e-te.

Pres. part. act. zn-a.

of these verbs are

Many

more

often used in the form belong-

second conjugation. The appearance of the n and

m in the present stem is to be explained by the latent nasal
which existed in O. S. and is still preserved in Polish and in its

ing to the

cognate language or
to begin, po-cnu
to reap,
(Cf.

znu

Russian

vziti) to

take,

dialect,

piti\

douti, to

STB,

blow

Thus we have po-citi,

Kashubish.

to stretch,
out,

pnu
dmu

titi,

to hack, tnu

jiti, to

take hold

Russian

BSSTL),

#*",

jmu.
So also Cekh,

only used in compounds.)

v-z-iti (cf.

of,

vezmu, I will take

vezmi,vezmeme,vezmete] vzal-a-ojsem, I have taken.

Cf. also/a/ se prvni spisovati dljiny zeme ceske, first betook himself to write the history of the Bohemian land.

Imperative

(6)

Stems which end in

and

1.

mrfti, to die.
a.

Inf.

stem, mr.

Past part. act.

Inf.

II. mr-e-l.

mr-i-ti.

Past part.

act.

Past part. pass, (wanting).

I.

mr-e-v.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

40

0. Pres. stem, mr-e.

Pres.

Singular.

Plural.

mr-u

mr-e-me

2.

mr-e-s

mr-e-te

3.

mr-e

i.

Imp.

mr-ou.
mr-e-me.

2.

mr-i

mr-e-te

3.

mr-i

mr-e-te.

Pres. part. act. mr-a.

To

this

group belong the verbs

mliti, to grind,

melu

triti,

to

rub, tru, &c.

which end in a vowel.

(7) Stems

Mti, to strike.
Inf.

a.

/3.

Inf. bi-ti.

bi.

stem,

act. II. bi-l.

Past part. pass.

Past part.

act. I. bi-v.

Past part.

bi-t.

Pres. stem, &'-/-*.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

i.
2.

3.

Imp.

i.

2.

bi-j-i

bi-j-e-me

bi-j-es

bi-j-e-te

bi-j-e

bi-j-i.

bi

bi-te

bi-me

3. bi

Pres. part. act.

Some
znam.

bi-te.

bi-j-e.

verbs of this conjugation take also a form in /, as

Verbs of this conjugation are pitt, to drink, piji %iti,
;

to live, %iji\ plli, to sing, peji\

wash,

^z^/V;

sluji (cf.

and

Greek

to have the reputation, to be called,

slouti,

K\vfiv).

kryti, to cover, y^r^/V; myti, to

Besides sluji

we sometimes

get in the

present slovu \

So
1

also plouti, to

This

illustrates

swim

pres. pluj

perf.

plul and

such a form as HCHBV as present of verb SKHTB, to

live.

ACCIDENCE
fut.

popluji

my

boots

and dmu

zouti, to take off the

kouti, to forge

sem

perf. dul

fut.

boots

douti, to

41
take off

sezuji, I will

blow

in pres.

both duji

naduji *.

STEMS WITH CONNECTING VOWEL.

SECOND CLASS.

na-STEMS (<5ech, nou).

zdvihnouti, to
a.

stem, zdvihnu.

Inf.

Past

zdvihnu-v.

up.

Past part. act. I.

Past part. pass.

Inf. zdvihnou-ti.
act.

part.

lift

II.

zdvihnu-L

zdvihnu-t.
.

Pres. stem, zdvihn-e.

Pres.

i.

Singular.

Plural.

zdvihn-u

zdvihn-e-me

2.

zdvihn-e-s

zdvihn-e-te

3.

zdvihn-e

zdvihn-ou.

zdvihn-l-m

r.

Imp.

2.

zdvihn-i

zdvihn-e-te

3.

zdvihn-i

zdvihn-e-te.

Pres. part. act. zdvihn-a.

Many

of these verbs have a tendency to omit the syllable nu,

not only, as in Russian, in past part.

act. II,

but also in past

passive

part,

broke

out.

Thus, strhly se opet ruzm'ce, disputes again

This seems especially the case with verbs which
.

have a consonant before the nu.

Many

verbs are found in this

conjugation in Bohemian which belong

other Slavonic languages.

THIRD CLASS.
First
a.

Inf.

the

first

STEMS WITH CONNECTING VOWEL

II. ume-l.

Inf.

in

the

6.

umlti, to understand.

Group,

stem, ume.

Past part. act.

to

ume-ti.

Past part.

act.

I.

ume-v.

Past part. pass, ume-n.

Vide supra, influence of prepositions in forming aspects of verbs.

is reminded of the vv which drops out of certain Greek verbs, as

One

to

show;

first

aor. c56ta.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

42
ft.

Pres. stem, ume-j-e.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

i.

um-i-m

um-i-me

2.

um-i-s

um-i-te

3.

um-i

uml-j-i.

2.

uml-j

ume-j-te

3.

ume-j

ume-j-te.

i.

Imp.

uml-j-me

Pres. part. act. um-e-j-e.

Second Group,
a.

Past
ft.

Inf.

stem, hore.

Inf.

horeti, to

burn.

Past part.

hor-e-ti.

act.

I.

hore-v.

Past part. pass, (wanting).

part. act. II. hore-l.

Pres. stem, hori-e.

Pres.

Singular.

Plural.

i.

hoii-m

hon-me

2.

hori-l

hori-te

3.

hor -i

hor-L

hor-me

i.

Imp.

2.

^<?r

hor-te

3.

^0r

hor-te.

Pres. part. act. ^0r-f.

The

following are irregular

miti,

to have, T?^W,

Imp.

ztf'z.,

^a// ^,

/!/ sem

x
;

chtiti,

to be afraid, bojim

stand, stojim^ stal sem,

to wish, chci, chtll sem

videti, to
se,

see, vidim, videl sem.

bdl sem se

stati,

to

stoj.

FOURTH

CLASS.

1-STEMS.

chvaliti, to praise.
a.

Inf.

stem, chvali.

Past part. act.

1

Inf. ckudli-ti.

II. chvdli-L

miti and yWz

(first

iDiim,; injiti the nasal

Past part. act.

conj. 5) are connected, being

m has

I.

chvdliv.

Past part. pass, chvdl-e-n.

been absorbed.

two aspects HMaib,

See Miklosich,

iii.

386.

ACCIDENCE

43

$. Pres. stem, chvali-e.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

i.

chvdli-m

2.

chvdli-s

chvdli-me
chvdli-te

3. chvdl-i

Imp.

chvdl-i.

chval-me

i.

2.

chval

chval-te

3.

chval

chval-le.

Pres. part. act. chvdle.

FIFTH CLASS.
First

Group,

a-STEMS.
delatt, to

do.

a. Inf. stem, dela.

Past part.
Inf. dlla-ti.
Past part. act. II. dela-L
Past part. pass, deld-n.
.

act.

I.

dela-v.

Pres. stem, dela-j-e.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

Imp.

i.

deld-m

deld-me

2.

deld-s

deld-te

3. deld

dela-j-t.

i.

dlle-j-me

2.

dlle-j

dlle-j-te

3.

^/?y

dele-j-te.

Pres. part. act. dela-j-e.

Second Group.
o.

Inf. stem, psa.

part. act. II.

j3.

psa-L

Inf. psd-ti.

psa

to write.

Past part. act.

Past part. pass. /.ra-w.

Pres. stem, pisi-e.

Singular.
Pres.

i.

/$-*'

Plural.

pis-e-me

2. /U-^-jf

//j-^-/^

3. //3f-g

pis-i.

I.

psa-v.

Past

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

44

Plural.

Singular.

Imp.

i.

pis-me

2.

pis

pis-te

3.

pa

pil-te.

Pres. part. act. pise.

In

this

way

are

conjugated

dychati,

to

breathe

skdkati,

to leap.

Third Group,
a.

Inf.

stem, bra.

bra-L

part. act. II.

.

Inf. brd-ti.

brali^ to take.

Past part.

act. I. bra-v.

Past

Past part. pass, bra-n.

Pres. stem, ber-e.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

Imp.

i.

ber-u

2.

ber-e-s

ber-e-me
ber-e-te

3. ber-e

berou.

i.

ber-me

2.

ber

ber-te

3. ber

ber-te.

Pres. part. act. ber-a.

In

this

way

to tear, deru

are conjugated (po)slati, to send, (po]slu\ drdti,

wash clothes, /><?r ; so also kldti, to pierce.

prdti, to

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

i.

koli

kuleme

2.

kules

kulete

3. k&le

koli
lhati, to

Pres.

i.

lie.

Ihu

l%eme

/^

Ihou.

2.
3.

and s^V/,

2<?z>w,

to call.

ACCIDENCE
Fourth Group
a.

Inf.

45

prdti, to wish.

Inf. prdti.

stem, pre-ja.

Past part. act. \\.prd-l.

ft.

Past part.

act.

I.

prd-v.

Past part. pass, prd-n.

Pres. stem, pre-j-e.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

2.

Imp.

pre-j-i or u

pre-j-e-me

pre-j-es

pre-j-e-te

3. pre-j-e

ph-j-i.

i.

pre-j-me

2.

pre-j

pre-j-te

3.

ph-j

pre-j-te.

Pres. part. act. pre-j-e.

SIXTH CLASS.

OVA (u-a) STEMS.

milovati, to love.
a.

Inf.

milova-v.
ft.

stem,

milova.

Past part.

Inf.

act. II.

Past

milova-ti.

milova-L

part.

Pres. stem, milu-j-e.

Singular.
Pres.

Imp.

Plural.

i.

milu-j-i

milu-j-e-me

2.

milu-j-es

milu-j-e-te

3.

milu-j-e

milu-j-i.

2.

milu-j

milu-j-te

3.

milu-j

milu-j-te.

i.

milu-j-me

Pres. part. act. milu-j-e.

B.

CONJUGATION WITHOUT THE PRESENT SUFFIX.

(i) vld, to know.
Singular.
Pres.

act.

I.

Past part. pass, milovd-n.

Plural.

i.

vim

vt-me

2.

m'-s

vi-te

3.

vi

ved-i.

In this group the present stem ends in a vowel.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

46

Imp,

Singular.

Plural.

i.

vlz-me

2.

viz

3.

viz

vlz-te
vlz-ie.

viz represents old form ved,

and

vezte, vedite.

(2) dad, to give.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

Imp.

i.

dd-m

dd-me

2.

dd-s

dd-te

3.

da

da-j-i.

i.

de-j-me

2.

de-j

3.

de-j

de-j-te
de-j-te.

(3) jad, to eat.

Plural.

Singular.
Pres.

i.

jt-m

ji-me

2. ji-s

3.

jed-i.

i.

Imp.

The

ji-te

ji

jez-me

2.

jez

jez-te

3.

jez

jez-te.

pres. part. act. isjeda.

(4) jes, to be.

Plural.

Singular.

Pres.

js-e-m or sem

js-me

2.

j-si

js-ie

3.

jes-tje

js-ou.

VOICE, MOOD, TENSE, &c.

The modern Bohemian language has only one past tense,

although the old language had both the imperfect and the
aorist.

But

the

apparent

poverty

is

compensated by the

ACCIDENCE
The

aspects.

past tense

second active past

the

in

participle

47

now employed

participle.

and

singular

the gender being also marked.

is

really the

inflected

is

it

as

both these numbers

plural, in

This

what

is

Hence

participle

must be accom-

panied by the present tense of the verb byti, to be ; thus dal sem,
I gave.
In the third person singular and plural the substantive
verb

is

not used unless

by these verbs

it

The

be for emphasis.

tense formed

in conjunction is called a perfect.

The

pluper-

expressed by the second past participle of 'the verb, and

the perfect of the verb byIt; thus byljsem volal, I had called.
fect is

The

future

is

expressed in two ways

tense of perfective verbs,

e. g.

by the present

(a)

come

pujdu, I will

or

(3) the

employment of an imperfective verb in the infinitive with the

present tense of the verb bylt, budu, as budu skdkati, I shall leap.

Thefu/urum exactum

is

wanting in modern Cech.

THE CONDITIONAL MOOD.

expressed by the use of the aorist bych (a form which
has survived from Old Bohemian), thus

This

is

volal bych, I

might have

called,

volal dys, thou mightest have called,

volal by, he

and

might have called

in plural, volali bychom, byste, by.

Thus

pilne vynashaZiti

by zeme byla zase uvedena v pokoj, to actively busy himself

that the country should again be brought into tranquillity.
se,

The

verb

as kdybys.

is

sometimes affixed to an adverb or conjunction,

Miti, to have, in conjunction with the infinitive, has

to md byti ? what should

the signification of shall or should, as co

this

be

meljsem,

mil

jste jej vidett,

yes, I

Pres.

should have.

you should have seen him

Miti is thus conjugated
:

Singular.

Plural.

i.

mam

mdme

2.

mas

mate

3.

md

maji.

and

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

48

In future use of miti Bohemian resembles Old Slavonic.

It will

be observed that there are no independent forms of the

third person of the imperative in the singular or plural.

Every verb has a verbal noun which

rozjimdni, reflection

nauhni, instruction

a neuter in

is
;

pt/t,

drinking

thus

i,

timrti,

death.

The passive voice is expressed by (i) the reflexive pronoun

with the active voice
as mluvi se, it is said; pise se, it is
1

or (2) by the union of the past participle passive with

the substantive verb, psdno jest, it is written.
Potupne nazyvan
written

was

jest od ni kmzetem sedlskym, he

them

seems preferred

called contemptuously

Where

the prince of the rustics.

to a passive, thus

by

possible an active form

dal kone sve'ho privdzati ku

konum, had his horse fastened to the horses.

IMPERSONAL VERBS.
it

vece,

is

said

a fragment of an old verb veceti, to say 2

connected with pravtti, to tell. Cf. colloquial
.

pry, it is said ;
use in Russian of ryprL for roBOpan>, they say.
Byla pr$ uplne
podobna sve'mu otci, she was exactly like her father, they say.
deje se,

it

happens

dlji se veci, things occur.

trebd) potreba,potrebi,

zdd

se, it

stmivd

As

it

is

necessary; nelze,

it is

impossible.

seems.

se, it is

getting dark

pripozdiva

se, it is

getting late.

in the other Slavonic languages, personal verbs are often

used impersonally. Cf. na tisice vesnic bylo spdleno a zpustoseno,

the villages were burnt and devastated by thousands.
Ji k pocte se mluvilo vzdy nemecky, out of respect to her they
always spoke German.

Neschdzelo pritom aspoh soukromych

pisemnych prad prdve zemske'm, but there were not wanting at
least privately written works about the law of the land.
o

This

Cf. Bulgarian BHKaM'L, I call out

is

Novgorod,

most

in

accordance with the genius of the Slavonic languages.

also the old name of the Council at
;

ACCIDENCE

49

REFLEXIVE VERBS.
It

has already been said that the reflexive

is

the favourite

method of expressing the passive in the Slavonic languages.

These verbs are recognized by the use of the reflexive pronoun,
.

either in the accusative se or the dative

I carry myself), or

Some
afraid.

vsimdm

si,

si,

I take notice

as vezu

(lit.

se,

I go

(lit.

take to myself).

verbs are only found in a reflexive form, as bojim se, I am

The use of the dative with reflexives will remind the

student of the Latin sibi used redundantly, as ipse

the Bulgarian

Ast HMaMt napn

rrpn ce6e en, I

sibi.

Cf. also

have the money

with me.

The

position of the reflexive

is

somewhat

unrestricted.

It

may go either before the verb or after it, as jd se vezu, I betake

In the compound tenses such forms as vezl
myself, or vezu se.
se, appear to be more frequent, and if in the same clause
there be two reflexive verbs one of the reflexive pronouns is

jsem

generally omitted.

IRREGULAR VERBS.
For the convenience of the student

some of
easily

the

more common

have added a

irregular verbs.

arranged under their proper conjugations.

Infinitive.

list

of

They can be

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR
Present tense.

Infinitive.

hndtt, to drive
hnisti, to press

housli, to play
klasti, to

music

place

krdstt, to steal

bloom

to

kve'sti,

Ihdtt, to lie

mdsti, to confuse
me'sti, to
wrz'/z',

bake

to

pe'ci,

sweep

to die

piti, to fasten

///jtf, to plait

prdti, to hit
ph's/i, to spin

j, to dispute

/>rz'/z'

rid, to say
rz/j/z',

to

grow

rvdtt, to tear
rvdtt, to roar
.s^/z',

suck

to

'dti se,

to

'id> to

become

guard

j/;V<rf,

to cut

stritij

to cover

stvati, to

hunt

/^rz',

to flow

iiti,

to

hew

tlouci, to strike
trdsti) to
/rz?z',

to

shake

rub

z;A', to lead
/,

to

draw

ACCIDENCE
Infinitive.

Present tense.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

52

jiti,

to go.

Present.

Imperative.

1.

jdu

jdeme

2.

2.

jdes

jdete

i.

Jdeme

3.

jde

jdou

2.

jdete.

Past tense,

For
First

the

explanation

Group,

set, sla,

slo,jsem, &c.

of this form

see

Conjugation,

become.

Present with future signification

stah

he became prince

at once.

used the cognate form stavam.

is

spdti, to sleep

Present

se.

se.

stal se zdroven kntietem,

For the present

stanu

se.

Imperative
Past tense staljsem
:

First

p. 37.

stdti se, to

Thus

jdi

spim.

spim, spts, spi, spfme,

Imperative spi, speme,

Past
spaljsem.
:

spite, spi.

spete.

Future
diti,

to say,

dite, deji

(cf.

spdti.

only used in the present

is

O.

budu

S. fl-ta, ponere, -dicer

e\

dim,

The

dis^ di,

of this verb in the latter sense has already been

Cf. also Russian ^ecKaTL.
vari, take care

(borrowed from the German).

.THE SUBSTANTIVE VERB,

Singular.

bfti,

dime,

impersonal use

to be.

discussed.

ACCIDENCE

53

The past tense is formed by the use of the participle byl

with the present tense, which is regularly declined byl, byla, bylo
in the singular, byli, byly, byla in the plural, thus
byl sem, byla
:

jsi, byli jesme.

The

third person present of the verb 'to be'

generally omitted, for byl jsi, byla jsi, bylo jsi

is

we

find by Is,

by las, bylos.
Future.
1
(Used as an auxiliary .)

1'

Singular.

Plural.

budu

budeme

1.

2.

dudes

budete

3.

bude

budou.

IMPERATIVE.

The

conditional

is

1.

bud"

2.

bud" me

3.

butfte.

formed

in the

same way as

is

explained in

the other verbs.

We

I should be, &c.

should be, &c.

bych
byl-a-o

byli-y-a

bychom

byste
by.

PARTICIPLES.
Present.
Plural.

Singular.
jsa, being (masc.)
jsouc, being (fern,

jsouce, being.

and

neut.)

Past.
Plural.

Singular.
byVj

having been (masc.)

byvsi (fern,
1

This

is

and

byvse,

having been.

neut.)

really the present tense of byti

jsem belongs to another verb.

and has a

future signification

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

54

Future

1
.

Plural.

Singular.

buda, about to be (masc.)

budouc (fern, and neut.)

budouce.

Inflected

jsoud, being

Forms.

fyvst,

having been

budouci, about to be.

VERBAL NOUN.
byti, n.

existence

2
.

PARADIGM OF THE TENSES OF A REGULAR VERB.

volati, to call.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present.

Singular.

Plural.

1.

voldm

voldme

2.

voids

voldte

3. void

volaji.

Perfect.
Plural.

Singular.
1.

volal jsem

volalijsme

2.

volal jsi

volalijste

3.

volal-a-o (jest]

volali-yjsou.

Pluperfect.
1.

Singular.

Plural.

by I jsem volal

byli-y jsme volali-y

2.

byljsi volal

3.

byl-a-o (jest], volal-a-o

This

is

the only verb which in Slavonic has a future participle.

Verbal substantives are rarely used in the plural.

ACCIDENCE

55

Future.
Singular.

Plural.

1.

budu volati

budeme volati

2.

budes volati

budete volati

3.

bude volati

budou

volati.

IMPERATIVE.

thou

volej, call

volejme, let us call

volejte, call ye.

PARTICIPLES (UNDECLINED).
Past,

Present.

volav.

volaje
volajice, calling

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Perfect.
Plural.

Singular
volal bych, I might call

volali

volal bys

volali byste

volal by

volali by.

bychom

Pluperfect.
Plural.

Singular.
byl bych volal, I

might have

byli

called

bychom volali

byli byste volali

byl bys volal

byli by volali.

byl by volal

PARTICIPLES (DECLINED).
Past,

Present.
volavsi,

volajici, calling

having

Past Passive.
Undeclined
Declined

volan, called

volany.

VERBAL NOUN.
voldni, the act of calling.

(For Participles, see further, p. 36.)

called.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

56

PARTICIPLES.
Active.

present participle when undeclined ends in e, a?

when declined, ci or uci, as smutek zmirajici prirody dychal se
stromu, ze zloulnoucich listu, the melancholy of dying nature

The

(1)

breathed from the trees, from the yellowing leaves

Russian participle ending in -ynn, used colloquially

have

Cf. the

thus,

we

utici, teaching
;
pict, drinking.
past active ending in -v, or in a protracted form -vh'
for fern, and neut., and -vse for all three genders in the plural.

volajici, calling

(2)

The

Passive.
(1)

(2)

The
The

present participle passive

is

past participle ends either

wanting
in n or

Cech.

in

In the

/.

first

and second conjugations it is more often the latter, vide supra.

Sometimes we get both of these forms, as zdvizen and zdvihnul,
moved.

(2)

UNINPLECTED.

THE ADVERB.
Adverbs formed from adjectives generally end in -<?, as slabe,
Some end in -o, as siroko, in a broad manner. They
weakly.
admit of degrees of comparison those in e make -eji, which is
added to the stem, k being changed into c, h into z, ch into s,
:

sk into

jf/,

and ck

comparative in
1

Of

-e,

into

ci.

which

is

Adverbs which end

contracted from

these there are feminine and neuter forms, thus

fem. and neut. nesouc, plur. nesouce

umejic, plur. umejice.
2

For declension,

cf.

dne$ni.

in -o

make

the

In the case of

-eje.

umeje, understanding,

nesa, bringing,
fern,

and neut.

ACCIDENCE
and

-oko being the final syllables of the adverb, they

entirely omitted, as siroko, broad ; sire, more broadly ;

-ko, -eko,

are

57

daleko, far, <&/(*)'.

These

comparatives can also end in

latter

syllabled termination

formed by the prefixing of the

as

-eji,

The

most common.

the

is

but the onesuperlative

is

syllable nej- to the comparative,

better ; nejle'pe, in the best way.

following are quite irregular

lepe,

The

dobre, well

badly

zle,

mdlo,

little

le'pe

dlouho, long

mm.

me'ne or

much

mnoho,

or Up.

Mr(e).

mc(e].

dele.

brzy or brzo, soon

driv(e] or spts(e\

Adverbs are formed from various cases of adjectives with or

without a preposition.

With the

(a)

() The

The

(c)

locative,

v nove, newly (and to this case may be

-e used without a
preposition).

the adverbs in

all

assigned

genitive, as do cela, entirely; z ridka, seldom.

-o,

as casto,

frequently

correspond to the Latin adverbs in -urn

With the instrumental

(d]

little

mnohem.,

e.g.

Adverbs of manner end sometimes

The

case here

from

-u,

Cech

is

really the

dative

soon, in

little.

and -cky, and are

more often omitted.
which has been weakened
in -skji

but the latter

parum.

by much malem,

Cf. bez mala, almost, within a

time.

sometimes preceded by po

Here belong all

These
vysoko, high.

accusative without a preposition.

the adverbs in

is

po cesky or cesky, to speak

and the same with other adjectives relating to countries 2
thus

mluviti po cesku or

The k

of the positive

is

merely a

letter

used in the formation of

adjectives.
2

For a

parallel instance in Bulgarian see Morfill's

Grammar,

p. 65.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

58

Interrogative adverbs are kde, where

whence

odkud,

whither ; kudy, kady, in what way, qua

how many times jak, how.

when

kdy,

kam,

kolikrat,

Relative adverbs
kudy, in what

times

where

kde,

way

way, ea

tudy,

tolikrat, so

many

tady,

kam, whither

how many

kolikrat,

times

tak,

here

zde,

onde,

tarn,

from yonder

there,

in

now, then

tenkrate,

there

/#,

from

odtud, odonud,

thither

onam,

whence

jak, as.

Demonstrative adverbs
thither

odkud,

kdy or kdyZ, when

sem, here

way, hac ; onady, in that

tehdy, then
nyni, fed, now

this
;

takto,

so

tim (pnim) spusobem,

this or that w.ay.

Indefinite

nekde,

from any place

any whither

somewhere

odkudkoli,

way, aliqua ;
times nickrat, no times
;

somehow

Many

kdekoli,

wherever

kamkoli, in any direction soever

kudykoli, in

nfy'akj

any way whatsoever

;

from any place whatsoever

kolikrdtkoli,

odnekud,
;

nlkam,

nekudy, in

some

nlkolikrdt, several

how many

times soever

what way soever.

adverbs are cases of nouns, and to form these the

instrumental

is

jaksi, jakkoli, in

chiefly used, e. g. behem dvou stoldi, in the course

of two centuries.

The negative adverb ne is used in Bohemian where it would

1
not be required in English as prve neZ k tomu doslo, before it
,

came

to this.

Two

negatives do not

make an

affirmative, as

jd nikdy,

to

nemel toho v Idsce cloveka, believe me, I never liked that

man.
Bohemian has, in common with the other Slavonic
ver,

languages, the idiom of adding ne to an adjective and reversing

its

meaning,

thus,

neprdtelsky,

yvvaiKwv OVK

Cf. such expressions in

heureux qu'on ne pense.

hostile

the

(cf.

Greek idiom

oXt'ycu).

French as the following

Get

homme

est plus

ACCIDENCE

We
is

also find the negatives

59

compounded

with the verbs, which

occasionally the case in the other Slavonic languages

nejsem, I
nejsi,

am

thou

nem, he

is

not

are not

you

are not

ne/sme,

not

art

nejste,

not

nejsou,

After the verbs zapovedeti, to forbid

we

l
they are not

to

brdniti,

restrain

hold back, and vystrihati, to warn, the condiused with the negative aby ne; so also after verbs

zdrzovati, to
tional

is

expressing

fear,

denial, dispute,

and similar

ideas.

PREPOSITIONS.
A. Prepositions with
without

dez,

friends

the

Genitive.

before two consonants beze, as bez prdtel, without

beze vse'ho spojeni, without

any communication.

do Cech, to bring back to Bohemia.

after, according to, as die jme'na jeho, according to his
die staroddvne'povlsti, according to the ancient tradition.

do, to, as navratiii

die,

name

podle(e'\ vedle(e'}, close by, along, as podle refy, along the river.
kolo, okolo, kolem, vukol,

around.

krome, except, as krome knihy, except the book.

krom

toho,

besides that.

od(e), by, from, asjsem chvalen od pana ucitele,\ am praised by

the teacher od vychoda, from the east; frequently used to express
the agent, like our by
uprdzdnend od nich mista, the places de;

'

'

serted
z(e),

by them
out

of,

at,

by, as stojim

Cf. Chaucer, I n'am

It is identical

there

2
by the water

I stand

as ze skoly, out of the school

nejkrvavejsi, in a battle the

1

u vody,

most sanguinary of

v bitve ze vsech

all

3
.

n'is.

with v(ve\ about which see a

little

further on.

The

identity of these prepositions is quite conspicuous in the Serbian language.

3
The genitive is also used after many adverbs which are used as prepositions, as blisko, near; drahne,

much, &c.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

60

With

B.
k

(ke, ku), to, for,

cisarovu, to the

the Dative.

as ku prebyvdni, for his dwelling

k dvoru

emperor's court.

nemu

proti, against, opposite to, as strhlo se proti

reni, the storm rose

anew

opet vzbou-

against him.

naproti, to meet.

With

C.

the Accusative.

mimo, passing by, as mimo dumjiti, to go past the house.

ob, round, as ob dum, around the house.

Rimskou, he escaped

pres(e), over, across, as utekl pres hranici

over the

Roman

frontier.

pro, on account
victory

of,

as pro vitlzstvi

skrz(e\ through, as skrze

D. With
pri, by, at the side of, as

E.

With

pri

on account of that

toto,

nadfy'i,

through hope.

the Locative,

by the

reel Dunaji,

the Accusative

and

river

Danube.

Locative.

o with the accusative, concerning, as o matku jde, the matter

o stul sem se uhodil, I knocked
has to do with the mother
;

myself against the table

the locative

that.

o torn,

concerning
Also drama o dvou dejstvich, a play in two
:

With

prisel o oko, he lost his eye.

v (ve) with the accusative, into, as v

the house.
v (ve) with the locative,

in,

acts.

dum

jiti,

to

go

into

as v nejpeknejsich krajindch, in the

most beautiful countries.

na, with the accusative,

motion towards

like

with accus., as na poledne, towards the south

blind of both eyes.

na with the

locative,

on

(Lat. in with the

1

poledni, in the

south

the Latin in

slepy

na

obe oh,

ablative), as

na

bitva na Bile ffore, the battle of the

ACCIDENCE
White Mountain

musil

se obrdtiti

na

61
he must betake him-

utlk,

idiomatic expression, nd rdne, as

Prvnz bylo na rdne Polsko, Poland was the first to suffer.
Cf. also the

self to flight.

With

F.

and Instrumental.

among, implying motion, takes the accusative

mezi,

mezi sestry
mezi,

the Accusative

I shall

sve',

go among

among, implying

rest,

my

with the instrumental

mezi jin^mi Kelty, to establish

pujdu

sisters.

themselves

among

usaditi se

the other

Kelts.
nad(e),

motion

over, with the accusative

nad nds dum, the flame of the

fire

plamen ohne

came even

to

nad, upon, with the instrumental (rest), as ka%dy

sebou sve'ho vojvodu, each family

had

its

leader over

kmen mil nad

it.

motion under, with the accusative (cp. Lat.

sem pod stul, I fell under the table.
pod(e), rest under (Lat. sub with the ablative), as
pode(e),

jarmem, they kept under the yoke.

pred(e), motion before, with the accusative, as
pre<} matku,

came

into the presence of

pred(e), rest before,

G. With

the

my

slehal a%

our house.

sub):

drzelt

pod

stoupl jsem sz

mother.

2
aspred vecerem, before the evening

Genitive, Accusative,

padl

and

Locative.

u with the genitive signifies by, at, as u nich, among them.

u with the accusative, for v, motion into, as spadl sem u vodu,
incidi in

aquam.
u with the locative,

= fui
1

in

aqua

for v (in with abl., Lat,), as byl

sem u vode

3
.

si, spoken of on p. 49.

Readers familiar with the Latin and Greek prepositions will easily
understand these various uses.

Observe redundant

See previous reference on this point to the Serbian language

note

2).

(p. 59,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

62
H. With

the Dative, Accusative,

and

Locative.

po is used with the dative in modern Bohemian only with

adverbs
or the u has
po tesku mluviti, to speak Cech
become weakened into j/, as po cesky, or the po is entirely
:

omitted, as anglicky, English.

po with the

(Cf. the rule in Bulgarian.)

up

accusative,

to (with the idea of motion), as

zapadl sem do sne'hu az po kolena,

I fell into the

snow up

to

my

knees.

po with the locative, up and down, all over, as behdm po

pokoji, I go about the chamber.
(Cf. Russian nyremecTBOBaTt
no Poccin.)
Vdova po Vaclavu II, widow of Wenceslaus II.

Also

after,

With

I.

se

from

as po krdtkem odporu, after a short resistance.

the Genitive, Accusative,

and Instrumental.

with the genitive denotes motion from, as se vsech siran,

all sides.

with the accusative

s(e)

as dej

mi s hrsf

means about

tresen, give

me

with the instrumental

s(e]

the size of

(cf.

Russian),

about a handful of cherries.

means

with, as s jistotou, with cer-

okolnimi ndrody, with the surrounding peoples.

tainty
za with the genitive denotes the time during which a thing
done, as za mladi sveho, during the time of his youth.
;

.$

is

za with the accusative signifies motion behind, as za vztahovaly az za Dunaj, they stretched out beyond the Danube;
also of a woman marrying a man, as provddni Gertrudy za
Hermana, the marriage of Gertrude with Hermann.

za with the instrumental signifies rest behind, as za rekou,

behind the river.

ACCIDENCE
CONJUNCTIONS.
a,

and

i,

take',

ledva, sotva, hardly

also

//I,

tolik,

that

Se,

so far

jednak, partly

but

#/fe,

if

pakli,

taky, also

sice,

indeed

ci or #//, or

at,

w, or

potievadS, because

also nebo, aneb, anebo

bud whether, or
',

<foaT

,$

although

proto%e, since

z>0#

proti vuh\ whether

wiih or against the wish
<fod?'

jeltko%,

whereas

&, that

nebo, or

hence

ni-ni

am-am

[neither,

nor
procez,

on which account

ndsledovne, in consequence.

jestli, if

INTERJECTIONS.
Many are
hej\ hoj\

rather sounds than words, as ach, of, to express pain

to call attention, &c.

but

many

as interjections, as vari (see p. 52),

I

care.

Tof bohdd nebude,

God

parts of verbs are used

beware;

necht, for

grant that never.

aught

III.

SYNTAX

THE CONCORDS.
ALTHOUGH

pit

and the succeeding numbers

with them

is

are, if

we

inves-

feminine substantives, yet the verb

used in the neuter singular in the past tense, as

their origin,

tigate

really

pet vran letelo pres zahradu, five crows flew over the garden ;
devlt hodin udehlo, nine o'clock struck.
So also neuter, fre-

quently used where verb precedes

zde bylo zima, here

it

was

winter.

THE NOUN.
A

noun in apposition to another is put in the same case, as

zemrel mohutny cisar Jindrich VI ve Vlalich, the "powerful
emperor Henry VI died in Italy; mil jedin/ho spojence ve'vodu
bavorskeho, he

had one

ally,

The

genitive case is used

After
the verb when
(a)
chleba,

nalej mu

vina,

the

Duke

of Bavaria.

it

has a partitive sense, as dej

mu

give him some bread, pour out some wine

for him.
(b)

as

when there is a negative in the sentence,

we
have no money and in Cech two negapenez,
do not make an affirmative, as pred tim nikdy nebyvalo,
After the verb

nemdme

tives

before this never occurred.

(c)

To

month, as

designate the year, the month, and the day of the

tehoz roku zil v Praze, this year he lived in Prague

dne jedenacteho dubna roku

April nth, 1898.

tisic

osm

set

devadesdteho osmeho,

SYNTAX
(d) After cardinal numerals,

in the nominative
(e)

and the

65

from pet onwards, when they are

accusative.

After adverbs of quantity, as drahne casu,

After

(f)
greedy

adjectives,

hoden, worthy

free from,

and many

such as
mocen,

time.

acquainted;

znalf,

mighty

much

piny,

full

chtivy,

zbdven,

others.

(g) With verbs expressing fear, shame, expectation, touch

verbs compounded of do and na verbs implying necessity, or
to stand in need of, as potrelovati, and the impersonal potreba
;

(opus

est).

40 kr., the

Also the genitive of price, as kniha

book

costs exactly

40 kreuzers

stoji

pouhych

tykajid se domadch

veh, touching domestic matters.

(h)

borne

The

genitive

vjmluvnosti,

Vladislav, jsa

muz

expresses quality, as Ulisses, krdl prevya king of wonderful eloquence

Ulysses,

dobre'ho srdee, Vladislav,

being a

man

of good

heart.

After adjectives in the comparative, unless nez is inserted,

the nominative is used, as mnozili se rychllji nez jich
predchudci, they increased more quickly than their predecessors.
(z)

when

(/) The genitive of the material is generally used in Cech

with a preposition, as kostel od kamene, a church built of stone.

There are other uses which are

familiar

and need not be

recapitulated here, e.g. the genitive in connexion with a noun of

which it is the attribute, as tenf J jest pritel meho otce, that man is

the friend of

The

dative

my
is

father.

used

To

imply possession, as jest mne neco, I have something.

(a)
In the Slavonic languages, as in Latin, we shall see how frequently it is used for the genitive.
1

In tenf we have a particle added for emphasis, ten-?.

times added to verbs, as vydalf, he gave out.

It is also

some-

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

66

To

(6)

sole

signify advantage or disadvantage, as budes-li moudry,

moudry

be mentioned:

may

strange;
cult

^ou

roven, equal;

dangerous;

nebezpecny,

dluzen, indebted

wise,

will

be wise for yourself.

adjectives govern the dative, of

Many

(c)

you are

if

budes,

vitdn,

which the following

prijemnf, agreeable;

snadnjf, easy;

welcome

nesnady,

cizi,
diffi-

mtlosrden, merciful

vzdcnj, rare, dear, &c. &c.

The

(d)

vafi, to

following verbs

thank

be wanting

to

approach
modliti
te'to

klanlti

podobati

(deesse);

veriti, to believe

to pray

se,

among

others take the dative

to entreat

se,

libiti se, to

(lit.

The

accusative

is

deko-

blttiti se,

to

odolati, to resist

Moravy, he gained Moravia

his brother half

chybeti,

krdl Vdcslav odhal bralrovi polovici zeme,

from

like;

appear to zahynuli nd vyprave

underwent death) on this expedition

zjeviti se, to

smrii, they died

dobyl *sobe

be

to

se,

povidati, to say

please

So also
King Wenceslaus took
for himself.

of the land.

used

(a)

As

the ordinary case after the verb.

(b)

To

denote extent or dimension both of time and place,

bezett, to run three miles
jsem 20 roku slar, I am

as tri mile

twenty years old. There is also what has been called the
accusative of exclamation with hie, lit. look upon, and na,
Cf. Russian, BOTL xedi Ha.
nate, there you have it
!

The

instrumental case

is

used to express the instrument or

agent.

There

is

also

what has been appropriately called the prediThis is a great feature of the

cative use of the instrumental.

Slavonic languages, and

is

employed where a surname or quality

assigned to an object ; it expresses the appellation which we

apply to a thing, the regard in which we hold it, some modifiis

cation which

it
has undergone, e.g. Cicero slul otcem vlasti,
Cicero was called the father of his country ; ucinen jest opatem,

SYNTAX
he was made an abbot.

So

67

also the instrumental

comparisons, as leti bystrym sokolem, he

Many verbs govern an instrumental,
proslaviti

se,

make

be called

to

slouli,

to

oneself celebrated
naplniti, to

flies like

be included verbs signifying

fill,

to

as

tear

&c.

rule,

to

zapdchafi, to smell

trhnouti,

used in

is

a swift falcon.

Among
as

these

may

aby char nemecky

mohl rozkazovati obema, that the German Emperor might rule

both.

The. locative

is

only used with prepositions.

THE VERB.
The
was

verb

substantive

omitted

bylo

tense is generally
impersonally, it was, or
nebylo zddneho jedndm, there was
used in the sense of ought, as mil
the

in

present

nebylo are used

once on a time

not,

no union,
tarn byti,

and

mil from miti

is

he ought to have been

THE SEQUENCE

there.

OF THE TENSES.

This seems to be observed more accurately in Bohemian

than in other Slavonic languages

Jan
s

stdl se

nim

zdslitpem

(e. g.

svym pozadu

Russian), thus

i vidouce

pdni

cesti,

Krdl
kteri

tu byli, ze jest bitva ztracena, radili aby hledll zachovati

jinymi nastoupil cestu zpdtecni, King John was

behind his supporters, and the Bohemian lords who were with
him, seeing that the battle was lost, made effort that he should
zivot svuj a s

take care to preserve his

life

and

retire

with the others.

PURPOSE.

This

is

tense, as

abych

he

is

may

generally expressed by the use of abych with the past

jsem na

lorn

abych mluvil, I

am

just

regularly inflected, as clovlk jt, aby

live

going to speak.

zil,

man

eats that

obstrceni jazyka ceske'ho zarizenimi chare Jose/a

v ndrodl samem
prirozend laska ke sve

nedovedlo loho, aby

vyhasla

mluve mater ske, the attack on the Bohemian language by the

F 2

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

68
decrees of the

Emperor Joseph

did not lead to the result that

in the people themselves the love of their native language

was

quenched.

Sometimes purpose

is

expressed by the supine, thus

chodime

ucit, we go to the school to learn (#/, sup. from

priseljsem s Vami si pohrat, I have come to play with you

do skoly se
ucili]

(pohrat, frompohrdti).
Each verb has its verbal noun, but the infinitive

may

also be

used absolutely,, as odkudZ vidlti jest daleko siroko, from which

Cf. also the following uses of the
a wide expanse may be seen.
infinitive

bylo videti,

one could see

jest se obdvati,

one must

fear.

Dati with the

infinitive

means

to permit, as nedal

pristoupiti, he did not allow him to approach him.

The infinitive is also frequently used with nent,

mu

nebylo,

k sole

nemdm,

nemel jsem, as neni kde luzko posiaviti^ there is no place where

one can put the bed; nemd zac koupiti, he has no money to

buy

with.

The

infinitive takes with it an adjective or participle in the

dative or in the instrumental, as bjti stedrym, to be bountiful ;
chtiti byti bohatu, to

wish to be

rich.

ORDER OF WORDS

IN

A SENTENCE.

is in the main the simple and natural one

the verb
not necessarily placed at the end of a sentence.
The adjective generally precedes the noun, but sometimes follows ; e. g.
mezitim zemrela Karlovi mladd manzelka jeho Blance, i vstoupiU

This

is

po sedmi mlsuich
the

young

meantime Blanche,
seven months he
The abundance of inflexions

ve druhe ntan%elstvi, in the

wife of Charles, died,

and

entered upon a second marriage.

allows a certain licence of position, thus
sative case is put before the verb

rozkaz,jimz

after

sometimes the accu-

which governs

it, as vydali
arcibiskupa a opata vyporldeti ze zeme, they

SYNTAX

69

issued a decree whereby they banished the archbishop and the

abbot from the land. In this sentence we may also see the inclination of the Slavonic language to avoid a passive form.

English we should say

See remarks on passive,

authors

we

sentences.

p. 48.

frequently feel that

But

the

In

the archbishop, &c., were banished.

In both Bohemian and Polish

German

involved

style

is

syntax underlies their

not necessary, it is

rather contrary to the genius of the language.

Thus the
tu pant celti,
following seems a simple and direct sentence
jesfe nedavno slibivse Premyslovi ze za nej chti. zivoty sv nasdditi,
:

prve nez prislo k

bitve,

Bohemian

there the

zrddnl jej opustili a dali se k biskupovi,

who not long before had promised

lords,

Pfemysl that they would lay down

came

that they

their lives for him, before

into battle, traitorously deserted

him and surren-

In the second clause it will be

dered themselves to the bishop.
observed that the verb is at the end, which however is not
necessary.

The
which

is

student should notice the use of the neuter form prislo,

thoroughly Slavonic and has been previously explained

also that the sequence of tenses

is

violated in chti.

PASSAGES TO BE TRANSLATED
INTO BOHEMIAN

EXERCISE
The number

I.

of the parochial clergy increased during those

consequence of the founding of so

times as remarkably in

many new German villages and the increase and spread of the
towns. Where now with a population of five millions we reckon
Bohemia and

the county of Glatz something like 1,900

there
were (of them) in the time of the Emperor
churches,
parish
Charles about 2,100; of inhabitants there were hardly quite
three millions.
in

number,

as

pocet.

parochial, here use svetstky,\.z.

belonging to the world, as

opposed
to increase
se,

omit

to the regulars.
(itself),

'

during

(doba,i.)

case

consequence

and put

'

in the ace., in

duration

generally put.

of

times

p. 29)..
of,

ndsledkem

toliko.

'

which

time

zna-

(gen.).

so many,

4th conj.
'

rovne$

Observe z used for

emphasis (see
in

rozmnoliti

remarkably,
menite.

is

new, novy.
a village, vesnice,

s.f.

German, nemecky($\. root nemy,

dumb, because the Germans

EXERCISES
were the

whom

first

Bohemian

foreigners with

the Slavs

came

contact).

guages, to which the sound

and, a.

/does not

the increase, rozmnolenf, s.n.

the expansion, rozhrem,

the substitution

of b for /is very characteristic of the Slavonic

lan-

into

s.n.

primarily belong.

Glatz, Kladsky, adj.

city, mesto.

something, neco.

where, kdeZ.

now, nyni.

more, above, pres.

parish, farmer. Ger. P/arrer).

with a population, pri obyvatel-

church, kosiel (Lat. castellum,

because they were originally

Also less fre-

stru.

Remember

five, pet.

numerals declined

after pet

fortified).

like sub-

this again is
quently cirkev
a borrowed word from Ger.
:

stantives.

Kirche.

million, million, s.m.

to

count,

pocitdti,

5th

v.a.,

conj., with loc.

and,

i.

with,

s,

Boh.

Graf,
note on the

time

the

emperor,

s.n.

(fr.

Ger.

and moreover,

See

perhaps, snad.

hrabe).

of

loss

in

fully,

EXERCISE
1

za casu.
cisar

(Lat.

ac.

zouplna.

II.

took for his chronicle a multitude of fables, inven-

Hajek
tions,

of,

Caesar}.
Charles, Karel.

with instr.

county, hrabstvt,

in the

untrue and groundless, so that it is

way to consider it a trustworthy historical

things that were

not possible in any

more like (some) amusing reading than

he describes each event, like
moreover,
history;
a chronicler, separately, without connexion with the others.
source.

His work

is

instructive

And

yet this chronicle, in spite of

1

all

the serious faults which

For a note on Hajek, see the Introduction.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR
have long been pointed out in

among

simple style in which

it

is

governing gen.

for, do, prep,

k
(insert e before

invention, fancy, smyslenka.

s.f.

untrue, nepravdtvy.

to get

is

learning

word
used

to a thing.
(lit.

upon this).

from z%out,and/z'.y,

to write,

was impossible,

The

majority of verbs in the

6th conj. are formed from
nouns.
each, kazdy.

groundless, neduvodny.
not in any way, nikterak.

to

Slavonic
'

'

ovati being the infin. suffix.

in gen. plur.).

a thing, vec,

little.

to describe, vypisovati, 6th conj.,

a multitude, mnozstvi.
bajka

spread

which the

to

moreover, nadto

s.f.

chronicle, kronika,

criticism,

in the

oped
for

class).

it

by sound

written contributed not a

to take, pojati (see ist conj., 4th

fable,

it

Bohemian people beyond measure

the

event, udalosf,

used

nelze;

5th declen.

s.f.,

as a chronicler: use adverbial

and

as an impersonal.

form,

sure historical

such expressions as mluviti

source, bez-

pecny pramen historicity.

be like, podobdti se.

work,

dilo, s.n.

more,

vice.

'sobe,

by

itself;

lit.

itself.

spojitosf,

s.f.

Cf.

spoj-iti, to unite.

with,

s.

the rest,/z>zy.

history, dljepis,

ing of what

m.
is

the writ-

(lit.

same root
nauka,

fr.

po and

as in

uciti> to

The

s.f.

learning,

idea

yet, prece.

in spite of, or over

done).

instructive, poucny,

science.

(see p. 57).

connexion,
verbal

neut.

cteni,

subst.

Bohemian

speak

concerning

than, nez.

teach,

cf.

without, bez.

amusing, zdbavny.

uc

to

separately, o

some, nejaky.

reading,

cesky,

kronikdrsky;

devel-

pres.

Here

and above,

the form prese

must be used on account

of the next

word beginning

with two consonants.

EXERCISES
all,

fault,

hruby\

vada,

lit.

been

never

gross.

s.f.

which

of

derivation

vsecek.

serious,

73
(

has

satisfactorily

explained,

which, ktery.

people, ndrod, s.m.

long ago, ode davna.

beyond measure, nad mini

to point out, vytykati.

measure, mira, s.f.

to, k, prep, with dat.

to

sound, competent

express

Cf.soud,m.,

opinion, soudny.

fr.

roz, in

directions.

See

spread, >rozsiriti se,

the prepositions in
sition,

and

sub.

sir-y,

sir,

sir,

compo-

found also

word

the

great

deal.'

this idiom,

simple, popular, prostondrodni

(prosty, simple,
the people).
style,

Cechy, Bohemia, a

better

p. 58.

subst.

fr.

'

to contribute, prisplti.

broad.

among, v, with loc.

Bohemian, Cesky,

which

be

See remarks on

and

breadth,

nemalo,

perhaps

translated

table explaining the use of

in

little,

would

judgement.
different

not

sloh,

m.

(lit.

and ndrod,
putting to-

gether).
to write, psdti.

EXERCISE

in.

In the middle of the eighteenth century, when truly the posiBohemian language an'd literature was most gloomy,

tion of the

To this- fortuits new awakening was in preparation.

nate change contributed in a conspicuous degree the more liberal
spirits which arose in the reign of Maria Theresa and Joseph II,
the time of

in Austria generally and in Bohemia particularly.

General
enlightenment, progress, and liberty in the pursuit of knowledge became the watchwords of the time ; on which account

also the prejudices

subject of the

which up

Bohemian

to that time

historical

appeared, their further destruction

and

had prevailed on the

literary

monuments

was stopped, and the

dis-

freer

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

74

occupation in the pursuit of knowledge truly pointed the way

of the friends of our domestic history to them as the chief
sources of historical truth
fifteenth

especially

Bohemian

and sixteenth centuries began

history of the

be the favourite

to

subject of many-sided studies.

by Schafarfk to

middle, pros/red, s.m.

referred

century, stole ti, s.n.

of the tribe Rakatae,

when, kdyz.
truly, prdve.

are mentioned as having

dwelt in what was afterwards

position, stav, s.m.

the

language, jazyk, s.m.

Ptolemy,

duchy of

Austria.

1 1

ii.

that

who

KOI

Cf.

<rvi>cxe~is

literature, pisemnictvi, s.n.

avrois (rots Bai/zoiy), irapa rov

melancholy, smutny.

7roTap.ov

time, doba,

ol

new,

s.f.

verbal

mer,

ii.

Ka/JL-rrois

in particular, zvldlll.

or

enlightenment,

change, obrat.

osveta,

in a conspicuous degree, zna-

English white.

Observe usual form

progress, pokrok

of adverb derived from ad-

svet,

of

liberal, volny.

there

duch.

the

foot

to arise, or begin, nastati.

and

as

step for-

(lit.

Bul-

In most

foot.

Slavonic

languages
only one word for

leg,

noha.

svoboda,

liberty,

f.,

connected

with the same root as sibi

in the reign, za panovdni.

and

Joseph, Josef.
pi.

is

education,

same root

krok, a step;

garian, KpaKL,

jective.

Rakousy,
Rakousko.
This

fr.

ward);

contribute, napomdhati.

Austria,

Alterthu-

332).

general, vseobecnj.

conj.).

fortunate, happy, stastnemu.

spirit,

'Paxdrm

generally, vubec.

prepare, pripravovati (6th

menite.

KOI

TfTpaKarpiai'

(Schaf., Slavische

novjy.

awakening, probuzeni,
noun.
to

ol

npbs rois

also

name

is

suus,

and thus

ing being one's

perty.

signify-

own

pro-

EXERCISES
pursuit, zkoumdni, verbal noun.
of or belonging to knowledge,

destruction, hubeni, s.n.

to stop, staviti, past part. pass.

vedecky, adj.

to

slaveny.

and, here use ano.

stati se.

become,

watchwords, use sing,

heslo, n.s.

of or belonging to the time,

casovy. These words should

be

the

in

put

instrumental, as

which

predicative

to show, odkazovati.
friend, pritel, plur. pfdtely,

fully

also

word

prejudices, predsudek, s.m.

formed

dosavad, up
subject

pricina,

hence

(lit.

lit.

history.

what

is

done,

Cf. the Ger.

Geschichte.

memorials, pamdtka,

s.f.

(fr.

po,

and mat, the same root

as mens).

as

in

it

were,/#/0/0.

chief, hlavny, adj.

a source, pram en, s.m.

truth,

pravda,

s.f.

century, age, vek, m.

to become, stdvati se, iterative
of

stdti.

comp. of
dalny, where the ny is only
irreg.

formative of the adjective.

(lit.

beloved),

and thus the past part, of a

verb has become an adjective.

subject,

to disappear, mizeti.
further, dalh',

employed

Bohemian.

favourite, ollibeny

literary, literdrni.

prep.,

little

very

the

which however

especially, particularly, zejme'na.

(only used

s.f.

author uses

historia,

historical, historicky.

in the cause),

cause.

s.f.,

noun

to that time.

history, dejiny,

in plural)

dosavadm,

adj.

before the

it

domestic, domaci.

hand, pred-soud).

and put

is

(lit.

before-

which up to that time had preuse

the

history;

take.

vailed,

fr.

root signifying ' to be agree'

able ; for irreg. plur. see
p. 9.

on which account, procez

judgement

pursuit,

inquiry,

zpytovdni.

is called,

it

be found

will

occupation,

explained on p. 66.

on the

75

predmlt\

use

pred.

instr.

The word may

mean

object

and
to

met, to throw).

have come

also

(pred, before,
It

seems

into the other

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

76

Slavonic

from

languages

many

having

Polish,

study, studte,

f.

EXERCISE

(fr.

IV.

Thereupon followed the complete rout of

fought in their position on the mountain.
took

flight

Anhalt.

to

mnoho-

sides,

mnoho, much,
and strana, a side).

stranny

the gate of

The Moravians

Strahov,

who

the remainder,

The

greater part

among them

the

elder

fought the longest, a small band led

by the younger Thurn and Henry

Being surrounded on

Slik.

a place called the Star, they fought as long as they could, and
almost all were killed or taken prisoners.
The field of battle

was covered with 6,000

fell

into the

slain

the entire

camp

of the Bohemians

power of the enemy.

Meanwhile, when the

battle

began, the

the castle at a banquet with lords

came from Anhalt

him

to remind

and

that

rival

king sat in

ladies.

messenger
he should hurry to the

of battle for the greater encouragement of his men to

But Frederick did not think the matter so pressing,
went
and
to his dinner.
At the gate of Strahov he was met

field

bravery.

by the wild

flight of his soldiery,

there, thereupon, tu.

posled, the

last,

same

as Lat. plenus.

pord%ka
blow.

the

last,

root

n.,

verbal

noun.
mountain,
greater,

the complete, uplny; root pin,

defeat,

a refuge in Prague.

position, postaveni,

to follow, ndsledovati, 6th conj.;

root sled, a track

who sought

hill,

vltli,

hora,

s.f.

irreg.

comp. of

veliky.

part, dil.

raz,

the remainder, ostatni.

to fight, bojovati, 6th conj.

to take to flight, dati se

(u-tek,

cf.

te'ci,

run),

the gate, brdna,

s.f.

to

na

flow,

utek
to

EXERCISES
of Strahov

which

is

77

use the adjective,

almost,

much more em-

finally, konehil.

te'mer.

ployed in Bohemian than in

to

English.

or, nebo.

the elder

the

longest,

superla-

nejd/le,

to fight, to defend themselves,

the Moravians, Moravant.

Cf. Ger.

the English small.

schmaL

simple
verb jiii ; this aspect belongs
to the 5th conj.

boj-M

place where a thing

in

occurnng

many

is

done,

Slavonic

conj.

see

whole,
heil.

surround,

obstoupiti\

Gk.

Lat. ambi\

called, recentf,

dp^t.

s.n.
fr.

rid, to speak.

See under verbs of

Of

class 3.

irreg. verbs.

leZeni; root leS-e/i,

camp,

force of ob in composition.

a place, misto,

See

cover, pokryti.

killed, zabitjt (also zbity\

mlad}>.

Henry, Jindhch.

this

parts are found,

ist conj.,

verb only
refanjr is

past part, passive.

already, jez.

fall,

Cf. Ger.

celf.

Cf.

upadati,

Gk.

The

upadnouti.

second aspect (perfect aspect

of unity) had better be used,
and, the nou falling out,
will

no aspect corresponding

prep.

posledni.

the act of being overpowered,

premozeni.

to

the Russian nacin.

into the power, v

moc

v with

tion

last,

it

become upadlo. There is

the Star, Hvezda.

to, do,

Ger.

K a\6s,

the accusative, because

the

3rd

Lager.

then, tehddz.

up

-istl,

languages.

See irregular

vestL

verbs, p. 50.

to

ist

favourite termination for the

same root as

a small, maly';

See

take.

conj., class 4, for the

the field of battle,

brdniti.

young,

have, to

to

old), starf.

(lit.

tive adverb.

to lead,

5th class.

to capture, zjimati, took \jima,

mezi.

among,

ist conj.,

kill, zbiti;

is

mo-

implied.

the enemy, nepritel.

time,

chvile

during that
as

point of

meanwhile,
time
time

lit.

(in

gen.),

is

often

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR
the

expressed in

Slavonic

languages.
battle, bit-va,

to hurry, pospisiti.
for,

s.f.

Cf.

bi-ti,

to

See

to begin, zacatt.

ist conj.,

The

class.

is

pres.

originally, as is the case with

verbs of this conjugation.

The

nasals existed in

Slavonic, but have

now

Old

nonsense.

tive

the

up

Bohemian

hostma,

s.f.;

host,

lady, pant,

meet

with, potkati se s (with

soldiery, vojsko, collective substantive.

to seek, hledati

CQme pri)'eti. See irreg. verbs.

}

napommati
the

verb

(use

of

motion, and see remarks on

the supine, p. 35).

of

wild, divy.
s.f.

od.

after

verbs

after

instr.).

(lit.

a messenger, pose/, m.

remind,

Ob-

dinner; here use tabule, table, s.f.

to

banquet, hostma skvostnd

luxurious dinner).

that, aby.

See irregular verbs.

az po (usque ad).

languages
motion.

pri.

supine

to, to,

idiom).

s.f.

serve the preposition po, frequently used in the Slavonic

guest.

to

negawith verb according to

to go,/*//.

na.

from,

(lit.

to take, think, brati (put

sit, sedlti.

lord, pan, s.m.

s.n.

Frederick, Bedrich.

pressing, pilny.

BSflOp'L,

is

but, ah.

garian.
Cf.

pronoun

udaiensivi,

the matter, vec,

dinner,

to

the gen. case of

giving oneself up, self-abandonment, u- dat^).

castle, hrad, s.m.

at,

appeared except in Polish

and some dialects of Bul-

Russ.

in,

'

possessive

bravery,

dis-

the rival king, vzdorokrdl

to

men

sufficient.

zacnu, the n being explained

by the existence of a nasal

all

'

the

strike.

4lh

pro.

omit

refuge,
'(ok-.

(lit.

to look after).

utotilfe,

s.n.;

Cf. previous

on termination
Prague, Praha.

root

remarks

-iste.

Remember

consonantal mutations, h be-

comes

z (see p. 3).

EXERCISES

EXERCISE
The

gates of the city were closed

79

V.
the streets in the market-

On a
place strongly occupied by soldiery, especially Saxon.
Hall
the
sat
before
Town
the
and
the
balcony
judges
imperial
commissioners, before "whose eyes the prisoners were brought
one after the other from the Town Hall on a scaffold to the

The

block.

first

beheaded was Joachim Andrew

Slik.

Dr. Jan Jesensk^, a celebrated medical man and rector of the

University, had first his tongue torn from his mouth and then his
off; his body was quartered under the gallows and
placed on stakes about the streets. Mercy was shown to Sixtus
of Ottersdorf when he was already on the scaffold, and he was

head cut

taken back to prison. While the execution lasted, the drums

were beaten continually, and trumpets were blown, so that the
speeches of the condemned men should not be heard, who all

went to death with manly courage.

of the

imperi2L\,ctsarsfty (see rule

city, niestskjr.

about

the formation of the plur. of

to close, zavriti.
street, ulice.

a square, market-place, ndmesti.

adjectives ending in -sky').

eye, oko (see rule about the duals

of

to occupy, osdzeti.

some of

these nouns).

a prisoner, vez-en, s.m. (from a

especially, nejvice.

'

Saxon, Saskj.
a

balcony,

altan

(from

the

to bring, to lead, voditi.

German).

after the other,

before, in front of, pred.

the

Town

Hall, radnice,

f.

a judge, soudce (see p. 8 about

these nouns derived from
verbs which
first

root signifying to bind.' Cf.

Russ. csssKa, a bundle.)

belong to the

declension),
commissioner, komissar.

from,

podruhem.

z.

scaffold, leseni.

to the block, ke stinadlu (from

stinadlo)

the next

observe

ke,

because

word begins with

two consonants.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

8o
to

behead,
verb

this

past

stiti\

part,

Connected with

pass. sfdt.

is utiti,

to lead, conduct, zavesti.

back,

to cut off.

nazpet

(root

Doctor, Doklor.

prison, vlzeni, s.n.

celebrated, slavn$.

while, pokud.

medical man, lekar, s.m.; verb

thus:

Universita

to

Dr.

its/a, pi. n.

turn: so that

head, hlava.

See con-

sonantal change of / into

<*,

P- 3-

gallows, libenice,

C
po ulidch.
there, roz-

show,

to

inform,

ozndmiti

Sixtus of Ottersdorf

was shown),
mercy,

s.f.

into z in

went,

Hi

(see rule

irregular verb in

(turn in following order

milost,

s.f.

should not

change

past

part.

pass,

strkati.

to

it

condemn, odsouditi
of

and

to place here

form).
a speech, rW,
to

koh', n.

streets,

be to hear (one of the ways

of avoiding a direct pass.

tllo.

to quarter, Uvrtiti.

about the

the drums, v bubny, accus.

past part. pass,

so that should not be heard

nejprve.

a stake,

past part.,

from buben^ a drum,

to blow a trumpet, troubiti ; use

then, /0/0#!.

body,

Use

was beaten,

continually, ustavicne.

on

torn).

to tear out, vyrezati.

first,

it

(turn

Jesensty,

J.

the tongue was

mouth,

the execution, poprava.

to beat, tlouci.

rector, rektor.

University,

the

to last, /rz>0#.

Cf. leach.

to heal.

leliti,

pata,

heel).

to

mercy

about

this

Grammar,

istconj., ist division, p. 49).

to death,

na smrt.

courage, mysl,

s.f.

manly, vigorous, muzny.

EXERCISES

EXERCISE
A

VI.

Bohemian language and people

from
the general diet itself, which
1615

vigorous defence of

issued in the year

the

in

81

pronounced
memorable

resolution:

recollection

how

the.

presence

their

'As

of the
the

Emperor Matthias
have

Estates

this

brought

esteemed ancestors judged

to

with

that

Bohemian language both the Bohemian

name of the Bohemians must perish, they have

the destruction of the

people and the

it down as a law that in the courts in this

country no other
language besides the Bohemian shall be spoken/

laid

to utter, declare, smluviti.

vigorous, razny.
defence, obrana,
to

issue,

s.f.

past

vyjiti',

tense

See remarks on

vysel.

irregular

form

given.

potomstvo,

posterity).

Emperor, char.
memorable, pamdtny.
resolution,

snem, s.m.

cf.

the

usneseni,

n.,

verbal

some-

substantive.

general, generalni.

ther,

n.,

(for

word

formed

similarly

this

previously

year, rok.

diet,

f.

presence, pritomnosf,

taking togethe n is
assembly)
(lit.

the Estate, stav, s.m.

to

themselves,

sobe,

inorganic and is frequently

added in Slavonic s, prep.,

what redundant use of the

and root

all

to

take,

which

reflexive

jiti,

see

under 4th division of the

ist conjugation.
For an-

thus

cf.

sobe, the

to

jedem. jidlo ; so also jidelna,

the salle a manger at an
hotel.
self,

sam.

very people.

recollection, pamet,

smdane, breakfast; s,
prep., idane, connected with

found in

the expression, ndrod

other instance of a parasitic

cf.

is

the Slavonic languages

bring, phvesti.
verbs.

how, kterak.
esteemed, vzdcnj.
ancestors, pfedkove.
to judge, souditi.

s.f.

See

irreg.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

82
that,

only used

to, $e.

name

//72/7W, s.n.

must, by musilo
in the

verb.

by

must,
is

is

it

musiti,

German

explained

form of the perfect

Originally an aorist

of the verb byli

in

tense forma-

tion.

destruction, zuhynuti, s.n.

borrowed from

per Slavonic
sonally used

now

treba,

EXERCISE

The

miissen.
is

pro-

the imperas jest

treba,

one must.

VII.

After the great diet of the Bohemian crown, Charles betook

himself in the same year, 1355, to Nuremberg, and held an
imperial diet, in which he offered to the electors, princes, and
other Estates in the German Empire a plan for new regulations,

on the subject of the elections of the kings and the

of
the
electors.
There was a unanimous agreement for
rights
the most part on every subject already at that diet ; for the rest
also in the equally celebrated diet [held] at Metz in the year
especially

1356
the

and Charles gave for that a letter generally known under

of the Golden Bull, which from that time remained

name

the fundamental law of the

And by

German Empire

for

some

centuries.

Charles again affirmed the old accurate relations of Bohemia to the German Empire, for by a special
article

this letter

he declared that the sons of the electors and the other

German

princes should learn the

Bohemian language,

as being

important and useful in the Empire.

the

after, po.

diet, sriem (vide

odebrati

Charles,

se.

Kurd.

year, tehoZ roku.

See

use of the genitive.

supra),

crown, koruna, s.f.

to betake oneself, to

same

remarks in Syntax on the

great, velky or veliky.

Nuremberg, Normberk.
depart,

to hold, dr%eti.

imperial, rfssky (Ger. Retch).

in,

na.

EXERCISES
offer,
(lit.

propose

elector, kurfirst

prince,

give forth

loziii

pred

to,

to lay before).

knife

/-stems

German).

(fr.

see

plural

(for

among

letter, s.m., list.

sions).

jective,

on the

(lit.

in the matter, v pricine

Slavonic languages

the

(lit.

feminine

Golden,

termination

Cf.

zlaty.

from that lime, odtud.

to remain, zustati.

verbs).

the Ger.

(fr.

metathesis,

i.

e.

Karl

fundamental, zdkladni.

from

law, zakon

Charles the Great, or Charlemagne, a monarch with whom

came

Slavs

early

tive instr.

into

for

some

centuries, na nekolik

stoleti.

a right, prdvo,

s.n.

like Lat.

usneseni

verbal

noun (lit. carrying).

for the most part, vetlim

letter,

a
dilem.

synonym

instr.

of

almost

list.

to, stvrditi,

firm,

s plays just the

of

case,

sapientiae.

or confirm

from tvrdy\
;

genitive

parum

document, listina

affirm,

already, /df&

an adverb

nekolik,

governing

unanimous, jednosvorny.

for the rest, ostatkem

put the noun and

adjective in the predica-

its

conflict).

the prep.
part as

same

con- in the Lat. confirmare.

again, oplt\ root~/a/#, the heel.

ostatok.

equally, rovnlz.

See supra.

celebrated, slavny.
at

we have
more

Bull, bulla.

of substantives derived from

agreement,

see

Bulgarian.

com-

the election, volba (-ba, a

the

of the

generally, vubec.

cause).

by

know

many

these participles used

or less as adjectives.

top).

a king, krdl

In

ist conj.

f.

especially, jmenovite.

mon

but really pres. part,

pass, of zndti, to

a plan, navrh, m.

com-

known, znamy; used as an ad-

the declen-

other, jiny.

the Empire, rise,

See the

to, vydati.

of prepositions in
position with verbs.
list

Metz, v Metzi.

old, stary.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR
accurate, legal,

prdvm.

son, syn.

Ye\ation,pomer, s.m.

Bohemia, Cechy

to learn, utiti
ally signifies

article, artikul.

declare, unstano-

governs, thus: to learn the

Bohemian language,

viti.

aby se; the

important, vdzn$.

tence, after a-by

useful, potrebny.

(fr.

bych].

utiti se

jazyku hskemu.

se is

put quite
at the beginning of the sen-

that,

which originused to,'

to get

and thus always takes the

dative of the noun which it

special, zldvstm.

to establish,

se,
'

used in plur.

EXERCISE

VIII.

Quite at the beginning of his reign he devoted himself to

He gave in the year 1781
great changes in matters of religion.
the so-called edict or patent of toleration, by which permission

was accorded
and

to

to the Protestants to live in the imperial territories

perform the services of

God

according to their

rite

After so long
openly, with certain exceptions and limitations.
a time which had passed since the Roman Catholic reformation

Emperor Ferdinand II, there were always preserved in

Bohemia remains of those who professed dissenting forms of
faith, especially in the districts where there was not a sufficient
number of clergy, and they now came forward openly with
various and confused teaching, because for such a long time
By the officials
they had had no proper Church organization.
of the

Roman Catholic community they were collectively called

Hussites, being in reality rather descendants of the Bohemian
and

Brothers.

immediately, quite, hned.

at,

na.

the beginning, potdtek.

reign, pdnovant, s.n.

to give oneself, dati

changes, promena,

se.

s.f.

EXERCISES
religion, ndbozenstvi, s.n.

to

give
(After

forth,

the

issue,

limitation, ohrada,

vydati.

tense

past

add

the letter / for emphasis, the

use of which

is

explained on

See

irreg. verbs.

the edict, edikt.

nebo-li

time, cas, s.m.

to pass, uplynouti, v. neut.

since Catholic, &c.: use od, from.

Catholic (Roman), katolicky.

p. 65.)

to call, zvdti.

or,

li

being a

differ-

Reformation, reformaci.
always, v%dy.
to preserve, zachovati or zachavati.

entiating particle, signifying

whether, and

also used to ask

remains,

a question.
a

of toleration, o toleranci,

i.

e.

dative after

territory, land, zeme,

professes, vyznavac

and root

zna,

to

(fr. chyliti,

district,

krajina,

s.f.

(root

country or border

cf.

Ukraine].
there was not, nebyl (compound
negative with past tense),

s.f.

imperial, cisarsky.

perform, konati.

sufficient, dostatecny.

number,

s.f.

belonging to

bozi (Buh,

God,
For phonetics

cf.

kun, gen. kone.

rite,

kraj,

to live, dwell, prebyvati.

according

(sing.

to deny),

(Must

permit.)

service, sluzba,

vy,

dissenting, odchylny

Protestant, Protestant.

God).

s.m.

know),

to permit, povoliti.

the

man who
(fr.

concerning toleration.

in

zbytky,

zbytek).

patent, patent.

be put

s.f.

long, dlouhjt.

s.n.

forward, vystoupiti\
and stup, a step.

iy

openly, najevo. Cf. Russ.Ha SBy.

(fr.

a root

teaching, ucenz, s.n.

of various descriptions, ruzny.

ver-\

confused, zmateny\ root mat

Russ. MVT-.
to confuse.

certain, jisty.

only, toliko.

exception, vyminka,

come

now, nyni.

to, die.

rdd.

openly, verejne, adv.

pocel, s.m.

clergy, duchovenstvo,

f.

because, ponevadz.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

86

they had had, use nedostdvalo

(dostdvati), with gen. of thing

to call, nazyvdti.
collectively,

wanted.
any, %ddny. See p. 29 for an explanation of this expression.

belonging
drkevm.
by, od.

to

the

Hussites, Husity

Jan Hus,

in reality, skulkem

Church,

(fr.

skuteK)

instance of the case of a

See the use of

official, tirad,

this to

s.m.

noun

being used for an adverb,

descendant, potomek, s.m.
For irreg.
a brother, brair, m.

obecenstvo, s.n. (ob-

plur.

see

remarks on

ist

declension, p. 8.

ecny\.

EXERCISE
The

(fr.

the reformer),

express the agent.

community,

indiscriminately,

vesmes.

part of the imperial

IX.

army which was

collected for the

leading of Gotze from various garrisons, and to which the army

from Silesia was about to be added as a defence against the

Saxons, was

annihilated by

place, in the battle fought at

Arnim

before

Nimburg.

himself to Prague and stayed there

the junction

Then came

some months

took

the Elector

as in a country

permanently annexed to his dominions. Under the protection

of the Saxons the Bohemian emigrants returned in great numbers

to

estates.

their

country,

and took possession of

Henry of Thurn, now

their

former

in the military service of the

King of Sweden, and Wenceslaus of Roupov,

the

Bohemian

high chancellor in the reign of the Palatine Frederick, returned

also, and with much ceremony caused the twelve heads of their
friends

and comrades, who had been beheaded, to be taken

the tower on the bridge and to be buried in the

down from

church.
Preparations were also made for the renewal of
Protestant worship in the churches in the country.
Before
the
were
banished
from
again
everything
Prague and
Jesuits

Tyn

EXERCISES
other

There was then a conference of

places.

evangelical clergymen

hood

in a

synod in

eighty-five

and of those belonging to the Brotherthe Charles College, and they made an

Utraquist Estates about renewing the conIn the midst of the progress of the
and
sistory
academy.
Saxon arms Gustavus Adolphus extended his power over the
greater part of Germany, and established everything so as to
to

appeal

the

prepare for himself imperial rule on a

new

basis.

fought at ; translate by the past

part, of sve'sti (sve'sti bitvu,

the part, oddil.

to collect, sebrati.

Bohemian phrase

the leading, vedem.

the

various, rozlicny.

join battle.'

for

'

to

at, u.

garrison, posddka.
to which, ku ktere'rmi.

Observe

to

come, pristlhovati.

the use of ku before the two

himself, sam.

consonants,

to stay, /0<5j/#.

was about; use past tense of

some

months, a month,

(of)

mesic.

mtii.

to unite

itself,

last part

pripojiti se (the

of the

compound

is

na vzdy.

dominions, panstvi.
protection, ochrana.

jiti, to take).

return, navrdtiti

Silesia, Sleszko.

a defence, obrana

for ever,

as a de-

fence, render (to a defence),

se.

emigrant, vystlhovalec.
in

great

numbers,

velikem

poctu.

against, proti.

a Saxon, Sas.

country, native, vlast,

annihilated,

to establish themselves in, take

utterly

defeated;

use verb poraziti (root raz,

a blow).
before that, driv nez.
union, junction, pripojeni.
battle, boj, s.m. (ist declension,
like

met

possession

of,

f.

uvdzuli se

v.

former, predesly (pred, before,

and -$ly
t

cf.

past tense of

verb,/z?/').

estate, statek, s.m.

Henry, Jindrich.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

88

a Jesuit, Jesuita.
before everything, prede vszm.

military, vojensky.

service, sluzba,

Swedish,

s.f.

to

Svedsfijt.

chancellor, kancler.

during (the reign),

za.

forbid).

Palatine, falcky (Ger. Pfalz).

return, vrdtiti.

compound

See navrdtiti,
of

same

the

verb.

with

much ceremony,

nem

ve slav-

is
pruvodu]
a band of persons

pruvod

literally

to

accompanying some one.

take down, sejmouti; translate

dali

sejmouti,

literally

take down, which

gave to

same time

illustrates at the

banish, vypovedeti (lit. to

order out of the place, to

a place, misto, s.n.

there was a conference, there
met, seslo

This must be

se.

put in the neuter, as is often

done when the verb comes

head of the sentence.

at the

Cf. such expressions in

man
ily

as

sind

es

Ger-

French,

a.

clergyman,

priest,

same root

kneze,

knlz,

plur.

as knize, a

prince, but not to be con-

the Slavonic avoidance of a

founded with

purely passive form.

from the Old Ger. kunings

just as

head, hlava.

See previous
this verb.
of
explanation

cut

off,

staty.

old

in

time

called

it.

Both are

England
clergymen

Dominus and

the

in

were
Sir.

comrade, soudruh, s.m.

evangelical, evangelicky.

a tower, vez,

belonging to the brotherhood,

belonging

f.

See

Hereby is meant
Bohemian Brothers, who
when expelled from their
native country formed com-

this

munities in

to the bridge, mostsky.

of Tyn, Tynsky.
a preparation, pnprava.

other

compounds

of

word, as rozprava, poprava,

&c.

this

many others of
The celeJohn Amos Comenius

fraternity.

brated

was a bishop

renewal, obnovem.

worship translate
church/

bratvsky.
the

to bury, pochovati.

'

rites

of the

Kvacala).
a synod, synoda.

(see Life,

by

EXERCISES
College, Kollej,

the progress, prospivani.

f./,..

of Charles, Karlqsp (the celebrated German emperor and

Bohemian king who gave

Golden Bull).
to

amidst, mezi.

arms, zbran,

the

s.f.,

sing.

to spread, rozliriti.

Gustavus

make,
an appeal, provoldni.
uciniti.

Adolphus,

Gustav

Adolf,

power, moc,

the Utraquists or Calixtines,/^

oboji\ the regular

89

s.f.

over, po.

Bohemian

part, casi,

s.f.

expression for those who took

to establish, zarizovati.

the sacrament in both kinds.

preparation, spusobeni.

See oba, under numerals.

for himself, dat., like Lat. sibi.

consistory, konsistore.

basis, foundations, zdklad, s.m.

academy, akademia.

(use plur.).

EXERCISE

X.

After these changes in Church matters the Emperor Joseph

his favourite idea quite at the beginning of his
that
German
the
reign,
language should be established among

was seized with

all

the Austrian peoples as the

Already in the

second month

means of school

after the

organization.

death cf Maria Theresa

went forth concerning Bohemia that no one

should be received into a public school without an adequate
knowledge of the German language (1780, Dec. 30). By a new

the imperial order

arrangement of studies also, published in the year 1784, German

was made the language in which instruction was to be given
in the public schools in place of Latin ;
so also in the
University of Prague the employment of the German language
was extended, especially by the introduction of it into all the

subjects

of the

philosophical

faculty.

Less care was taken

about the advancement of knowledge in the University studies

by the orders of the Government. The new regulations from

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR
1784 gave to the studies a retrogressive tendency

the year

rather for the necessities of the state-service, which they preserved till lately, by the arrangement of examinations with a

view to fitness with regard to public

however, none the

offices.

Learned

literature,

developed itself through the general

awakening of (men's) efforts towards mental progress already
Bohemia had from the
from the time of Maria Theresa.
less

year 1769 a private club of learned men, which was made

a public institution by the Emperor Joseph in 1784, under the

name

Bohemian

of the Royal

and physical

sciences,

and

Society of Arts.

Mathematical

Bohemian, were

history, especially

pursued by their members and also other scholars with equal

enthusiasm and success. From the circle of these men issued
then the critical investigator of the Slavonic languages and
scholar of European celebrity, Joseph Dobrowsky.

should be, aby se jazyk nlObserve the

mecky, &c.

after, vedle.

change, promena,

s.f.

was occupied (or seized) turn

this round so as to avoid

position of the reflexive pro-

a passive form (according to

the genius of the Slavonic

to establish, to plant in, vsiipiti.

noun

in the sentence.

For the

Austrian, rakousky.

languages), and translate,

'his favourite idea seized

explanation

of

this

Here use

to seize (or occupy), zabavovatt.

a means, prodstred.
the pred. instr.

also, rovne%.

belonging to a school,

beginning, pocdlek, s.m.

organization, zrtzeni,

the

Emperor/ &c.

favourite, zalzbend;
part.

pass,

of

now

used as an adjective.
idea, myslenka

a diminutive

form.
that

the

skolni.

n.,

verbal

noun.

really past

zalibiti,

name

vide supra.

al ready, jiz.

to

go

forth,

vyjili.

See the

irregular verbs.

the order, narizeni, s.n.

German

language

that

no one

use two negatives

EXERCISES
(which in the Slavonic lannot make an

comp.

guages do

and

affirmative),

the

affix

negative to the verb.

received ; use past part, of verb
last

for

and

roz-

the use, uzivdm, s.n.

especially, zvldste.

the introduction, zavedeni, n.

(only used in
here
compounds),
prijtti, and

faculty, fakulta,

apocopate the participle as

philosophical, filosoficky.

jiti,

take

to

a predicate.
into
use here do, with gen.,
'
in the sense of as far as/
is

it

subject, predmlt.
s.f.

of or concerning; use

gymnasium.

decky.

progress, prospech, s.m.

adequate, dostatecny,

in University studies,

knowledge, zndmosL

December, prosmec, m.

uciniti.

in

which instruction

guage
was given), vyucovaci.
in place of, misto, adv.

Cf.

to bake).

already had this noun compounded with other preposi-

takes

government, belonging
root

ni

Latin, latino. ,

Russian

Toace.

here use na.

less,

mene.

Cf. Lat. minus.

obrdceny
(lit.
turned back) ; obrdtiti for ob-

of Prague, Prazsky, adj.

vrdtiti, the b

to

out the

extend,

vlad-

retrogressive,

University, Universita.

spread,

to,

as

English
(same
weald] Ger. Ge-walt).

s.f.

Cf.

such Latin ex-

tions).
;

the gen.

to

pressions as coquit timor.

the order, zarizeni (we have

the teaching language (or lan-

in

the prepositions.

connected with the verb peci,

language).

also, tez.

among

such

forms as polltina, the Polish

make,

pri stuSee the use of pri

language, nlmcina

(for this termination cf.

to

diich.

take care, pecovati (to be

busy or anxious about; really

to publish, give forth, vydati.

German

with

of knowledge, or science, ve-

without, bez, gen.

the

the accus.

public school,

siriti.

Cf. h'ry, wide, broad.

rozliriti.

See use of prepositions in

v.

having pushed

The

participle

has become an adjective.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR
tendency, smer, s.m.

learned, uceny.

rather, vice.

a man, muz.
to raise, povyliti.

a want, potreba, s.f.

state, of or belonging

to, stdtni.

known,

to preserve, zachovati.

up

az do.

to,

neddvny

recent,

ago), but

on

licly

cf.

not long

(lit.

remarks supra

the negative adjectives.

fitness, schopnos/,
office,

under the name, pod jmenem.

See w-stems among nouns,
royal, krdlovsky.

(root

wissen

s.f.

aspect of zmoci\

Another
see irreg.

our

none the

less,

nicmene, adv.

member,

scholar,

').

clen.

learned

s.m. (root

general, obecny.

arousing, awakening, probuzeni.

equal, rovny.

an

enthusiasm,

effort,

snaha,

s.f.

the progress, pokrok.

Cf. krok,

a step.

soukromy (root krom,

spolek,

Idska.

love,

I love,

kruh, s.m.

then, tehdy.

m.

(s

and polk, same word as folk,

o^Xo?, vulgus, &c., which in
Russian has become limited
to the army).

circle,

ucenec,

uc\

success, prospech, s.m.

as in krome, beside),
society,

man,

Russ. jiacKOBaiL
elsk-er,

duchovni.
spiritual, mental,

club,

wit

dian.

however, vsak.

private,

'

pursued, cultivated, phtovdti.

Cf. Russ. ntc^Ht, a guar-

verbs.
still,

ved,

s.f.

Ger.

(pnroda, nature); use the

form mathematico-prirodni.

s.f.

to develop, zmdhati.

veda,

know

to

mathematical, mathematicky.
physical or natural, prirodni

urad.

literature, literatura,

s.f.

knowledge, science,

trial.

to decide, rozhodovati, 6th conj.

pub-

verejnl uznany.

society, spolecnost,

an attempt, examination, proof,

Cf. kus, a bite;
zkomka.
hence, a

uznany

public,

known,

critical, kriticky.

investigator, zpytatel.

Slavonic, slovansky.

European, europejsky.

Cf.

Swedish,

EXERCISES

EXERCISE
The age
to

the

fine

93

XI.

of the Emperor Joseph II was but little favourable

arts.
The rule of Joseph had no thought of

them, but contributed irretrievable injuries by the destruction

Bohemia was filled, just
of the old monuments of learning.
as
the

once by the excesses of the Taborites, with the ruins of

artistic church buildings, when not only the churches of

the ruined monasteries, but also

to

the

destruction

many

others, were

orders

of

abandoned

the

by
express
government,
which declared that the restoration of them was a useless
burden and injurious to the proper management of the State.
So matters were arranged carelessly on the destruction of the
monasteries, together with the pictures, the statues, and the church
furniture of artistic workmanship.
Many artistic objects of that
sort were entirely destroyed, and together with them also many

memorials of learning and sources of history. The Emperor

Joseph wished even to turn the castle of Prague into a barracks,

and ordered

that there should be a public auction to sell the

remains of the treasure chamber (1782) and the library (1789)

at one time of the Emperor Rudolf II for the value of a

mere song.
age, vek, s.m.
little,

destruction,

favourable, prizniv.
fine arts,

had not
tive

compound

ruleni,

n.

(verbal

noun),

umenim vytvorn$m.
the nega-

with the verb.

old, starj.

monument, pommk, m.
art,

thought, inclination, smysl, s.m.

furnish, spusobit

or zpusobiti.
irretrievably, nenabytj.

s.n.

ument,

(um,

rozum, understanding
meh', to understand,

any, zddny (vide supra).

to contribute,

s.f.

injury, skoda,

malo, adv. (vide supra).

to

fill,

mind);
;

rozu-

naplniti.

similarly,

podobnl.

in

the

same way,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

94

In the

the severity, excesses.

word surovost

original the

used in the singular

It is

cypOBOCTL.

order, rozkaz (roz and kaz, to

is

a good Sla-

vonic word.

the

Cf.

point out, order).

Russ.

familiar Russian yKasi..

the government, vldda.

to declare, praviti.

'

Taborite,

Tddor,

the celebrated

by Zizka

fied

tabor

fr.

camp

time of

at the

the Hussite wars.

a ruin, zHcenina,

its

um and

An

adjective from the

noun chram, a church,

which

is

make,

ciniti.

injurious, skodltvy.

the original Slavonic

or

State,

dalo se

(lit.

easily, lehce

and

last

also, take'.

words being

intro-

a picture,

heathen

for

also lehko.

obraz,

s.m.,

espe-

tures.

statue, socha,

s.f.

to

church,

kos-

telni.

cloister, klaster.

workmanship,

dilo^

s.n.

use the adverb mnoho

many;
and put

many, mnohy.
to abandon, zustdvati.

destruction, zkdza,

use

itself).

used of religious pic-

cially

belonging

to ruin, zruliti.

here

arranged

furniture, ndradi, s.n.

temple.
not only, netoliko.

at;

it

pri.

these

often

monastery,

at,

castellum,

more

economy,

of the State, stdtni.

borrowed, thus: cirkev.ktrche,

duced by the German missionaries chram is now used

the

matters were arranged, nakld-

on or

two

State

hospoddrstvi.

name, the other words being

kostel,

of

management

proper

a building, stavba, s.f.

belonging to the church, chrdold

to

expenditure, ndklad.

Cf.

cognates.

movy.

substantive neuter).

useless, zbyte?n$.

s.f.

umely.

artistic,

opravovdm (verbal

restoration,

forti-

die

genitive.

express, vyslovny.

with

the

noun

after

it

in the genitive.

s.f.

the

sort, dru/i,

m.

were entirely destroyed, prislo

na zmar. prislo, fr. prijiti

EXERCISES
word

vide supra for explanation of

the irregular past tense of
this verb,

zmar, destruction.

na zmar

prijiti,

to

perish

from

the

public, verejny.
auction;'

to

up

setting

sale,

draiba.
with,

spolu

j,

with

See remarks supra

instr.

on

borrowed

French,

utterly,

together

95

to

sell,

prodati.

the remains, ostdtek, s.m. (must

&c.

be used in plural),
chamber, komora. s.f.

memorial, pamdtka (lit. a

thing on which the mind is

camera).
treasure, of or belonging

the

root

pol

spolek,

belonging to history, dljepisny,

source, zridlo, s.n.

See the forms

chtitt.

up).
library, khihovna,

one

at

s.f.

time, nlkdy.

of this verb under the 3rd

for,

conj.

value, price, cena.

castle,

hradj s.m. (same as Russ.

kasdrna,

barracks,

s.f.

za (with accus.).

mere

'

song

translate,

price of old lumber

ropo^i,; Serbian, rpa^t).

to,

pokladni (root klad, to store

put).

to wish,

(Lat.

'

the

lum-

ber, haraburdi, s.n.

EXERCISE

XII.

Both sides then got themselves ready for the war, and the
first took the field under the generalship of Prokop

Bohemians

get possession

the country of Pilsen, they

of Pilsen, but this time in vain

directed

course

Hoi/.

Horsov.

Having invaded
their

On

the

frontiers

tried to

they then

and

to

Tyn

Germans were further planning and

expedition, the Bohemian army scattered

But, while the

hesitating in
in

further

to

first

various

their

directions

at

that

time,

for

want of

provisions.

day of August the crusading army, having been

collected near the western frontiers of Bohemia to the number
the

first

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

96

90,000 infantry and 40,000

cavalry, finally invaded
Bohemia. Frederick, Marquis of Brandenburg, as before, was
the chief leader ; only King Sigismund remained behind at
of

After the example of the Bohemians they proNuremberg.

vided themselves with military carriages for this campaign. At
first they made an attack on Tachov ; but, having met with
a vigorous resistance, they directed their course further to
the castle of Swamberk; where also, having divided theminto three divisions, they began savagely to plunder
and devastate the intervening country thence to Domazlice.
Meanwhile the Bohemians had again collected their military
selves

number of 50,000 foot and 5,000 horsemen and

went to meet the powerful enemy. There as soon as they
approached, and the report of it had reached the German camp,
force to the

a sudden

fear,

which was already customary, seized the cru-

saders, so that immediately they fled to the Bavarian forest in

The Bohemians, quickly pursuing them,

reached them at Domazlice (August 14). Then the Germans fled
precipitately one over the other, and the carriages which were
the greatest disorder.

serve as a protection were entangled in the forests and

increased the universal confusion.
Of the fugitives many were
to

killed,

many

carnages

taken prisoners, by the Bohemians

about 3,000
into their hands with ample booty, and the
;

fell

expedition had for the

than any previous one.

Germans a termination more

disgraceful

'

is
See remarks
dropped.
It will be
under 2nd conj.

get ready for, miti se (with dat.).

the Bohemians, Cechove.
to take, sebrati.

observed that

the field, pole.

of nu-

leading, vedem, n. (verbal noun).

Hoi/,
to

adj.,

invade,

n.

gen. Holeho.
the

past part. I

and

II, the

nou

this

omission

often occurs in

verbs of this conjugation,

up to (as far as) the

translate
in

vtrhnouti\

more

country of Pilsen (do kraje

\

Plzenskeho).

EXERCISES
to try, pokusiti
first,

se.

97

foot, pelt

(where we see a

to get possession of, o dobyii.

pes, foot

but, ac.

being noha).

the

Bohemian word

this time, tenkrate.

cavalry, jizdny, adj.

in vain, darmo.

to

to direct one's course, tdhnouti

(Slavonic root
the

nu

'

meaning

to

In the past tense

').

sky.

f.

Germans

(borrowed

sly

used in past tense

leader, or

to hesitate, meskati

to remain, zustati.

itself,

se.

for

(owing

to),

See

to provide, opatriti.

a German, Nemec.

ten cas.

campaign,

pro.

teprv, adv.

a carriage, vozt s.m.

also gen.

of Srpen, August.
crusader,

knzovy,

s.f.,

adj.

(khz,

to

war).

attack,

structed

cross).

to collect, sebrati.

yzjapt,

zdpadni

(zdpad,

uderiti,

with

v.a.,

na

con-

(Russ.

a blow).

but, ale.

near, bliz (with gen.).

western,

tazent,

expedition,

s.n.

use the gen.

dne, point of time

velitel.

Nuremberg, Normberk.

food, spize, Ger. Speise.

first,

commander,

behind, pozadu.

s.f.

rozjiti.

irreg. past tense sub voce.

na

sum-

mit).

to plan, rozmyzleti, v.a.

expedition, vyprava,

of

and

ofjiti).

the chief, vrchni (yrch, the

further (of time), dele.

at that time,

adv.

predesle,

predesly (pred, before,

as Grenze).

as far as, az k.

to scatter

see

verb supra.

marquis, markrabi.
of Brandenburg, Brandenbur-

previously,

frontier, hranice,

the

this

finally, konecnl.

is lost.

further, dale.

by

and

invade, vtrhnouti,

remarks on

stretch

re-

currence of the root of Lat.

nejprve.

the

west; lit. the place where

the sun sets).

to meet, potkati

se.

vigorous, muzny, adj. (muz, a

man).

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

98
resistance,

odpor

See 5th
direct

an adverb.

priti.

(root

one's

In Russia the

form of the noun

conj.).

omit nu in past tense.

sions

as

also, then, pak.

powerful, mocny.

enemy,

Observe

nepritel.

three divisions, tri oddily.

carefully the

serve

ment of

Ob-

govern-

precipi-

steep,

kruly,

hardly, sotva.
to

come

had

the numerals.

savagely, ukrutne (root krui);

tous.

near, phbliziti

reached

forth),

(lit.

camp,

vofste.

devastate, or rob, loupiti.

fear, s track, s.m.

intervening, pomezni.

customary,

names of many Polish

towns and villages are. Cf.
the

the

Macieiowice,

name

of

the place at which Koscius-

was

taken

place

is

prisoner.

now

called

Tauss.
rnezitim, adv.

uc.

remarks).
with

the

omission

a crusader, krizdk.

immediately, ihned.
disorder, neporddek.
flight,

horsemen,
has

or

m.

Bavarian, bavorsky.
cavalry, jezdec

previously

used

a Bohemian, Cech.
quickly, rychle.
after

to meet, vstric proti; used as

dali se na

(u-tek, see irreg.

forest, les,

s.f.

of the

syllable nu.

//', to flow).

military, vojensky.

(root yc,

Cf. previous

stizt,popadnouti', use past tense

titek

again, opet.

force, stfa,

obycejny

same as

they took to

meanwhile,

gone

report, hlas, s.m.

sudden, naMy.

from thence, odlud.

used in plural as
Domazlice

se.

had

vyjiti.

plunder, pleniti.

(he

effect

of negative.

into, na.

The

Use

HaBCipkiy.

to divide, rozdlliti.

zko

still

dat. after adv.

further, dale.

adj.

is

such expres-

preserved in

course, tdhnouti\

them, za nimi.

to hurry, chvdtati.

verbs,

EXERCISES
to reach, dostihnouti\ use past

to

tense, without nu.

kill, zabiti.

to take prisoner, zijimdti (same

root as in the verb

at, u.

to flee, utikati.

See rules

on the idiomatic uses of

characteristic

verb.

a defence, obrana,

form

in

Sla-

into their hands, do rukou.

Ob-

vonic.

this

to serve, slouziti.

serve dual form.

s.f.

ample, abundant, hojny.

See

to entangle, zaplesti.

ist

booty, korisf,

conj., ist class,

had,

rozmnoziti

(roz-

for,

s.f.

vziti, to take.

p. 39.

an end, konec^ s.m.

mnohd).

disgraceful, ohavny.

confusion, zmatek, s.m.

previous, predesly.

See

or concerning, pro.

universal, general, vseobecny.

many

to take ').

kind of lump sum, a very

mh'se;

serve,

past part, of miti.

increase,

'

use padlo in neut., the

fell;
number being taken as a

over, pres.

which were to

to

99

use mnoho.

EXERCISE

XIII.

As may easily be imagined, one cannot venture, in a survey

of romantic poetry of the old time in general and lyric poetry in
particular, to omit Bohemian and Slavonic poetry, even if there
were an anxiety that the parallel would not be so favourable
as we could perhaps have wished from the standpoint of the
nineteenth century. Certainly romanticism showed its influence,
although not in such a luxuriant fashion upon us Bohemians
in general
and must therefore also have

and upon the Slavs

its

history

among

us.

But on the whole

this

appellation

Slavonic, which also in the Middle Ages played its part, as

for example in the Hussite movement in Bohemia, often in
H 2

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

100

meaning corresponding to our conception of Slavism, exhibits

Kochanowski, Gundulic, and other Polish and Ragusan
and
authors; but in the most remote east the word
poets
itself in

'

'

had especially the signification of religious, signifying the old ecclesiastical language used in the service of the
Slavonic

Orthodox Church. Dante, who first was thoroughly acquainted

with this matter of raising the language of the people, or rather
dialect, to literary importance in opposition to the domination
of Latin, recognizes

in

writing de vulgari eloquentia the

Europe into the Roman,

his

excellent ethnographical classification of

Teutonic, and Slavonic, but he speaks of the Slavs only cursorily as if he had not much to say about them.
as

may
mf,

be imagined;
samo sebou rozu-

easily

translate se

and observe the redun-

dant reflexive.

even

if,

ifebas, conj.

anxiety, care, obava.

parallel, paralela.
fall,

to be bold, to dare, ne smiti.

vypadnouti\

a survey, prehled (root hied, to

'

late,

romantic, romanticky.

The

poesie.

ne to

transpriznivy\
should fall so favour-

favourable,

look).

poetry,

prefix

the verb.

ably.'

regular

Bohemian word, however,

standpoint, hledilte,

bdsniclvi.

s.n.

Ob-

serve termination, root hied.

is

century,

age, time, vek.

stoleti

(sto,

hundred

also

summer, proyear ;
bably because summer was
le'to,

in general, vubec (v-obec).

lyric poetry, lyrika.

considered the most impor-

particularly, zvldlt (vlast, what

tant part of the year).

specially

belongs

to

hence native country

Russ.

oSjiacTt,

cf.

district,

for

0(5-BJiaCTL).

to

be wanting,

one,
;

probably, snad.
to

wish, prdti, used with reflexive.

certainly,
schdze/i.

Slavonic, Slovansky.

zajisle'.

romanticism, romantika.
to show,jew'ti.

EXERCISES
influence, v/tv, s.m. (root

to

pour

v-liti,

the

101

movement,

certainly, confessedly, arci.

Hussite, husitsky.

equally, zrovna.

but, nebo.

in

luxuriant

fashion

use

meaning, smysl.

be luxuriant.

our, nas.

must, museti (borrowed from

German).

[The writer
prefer words of

history, historia.

to

Latin origin, of which there

are good Bohemian equiva-

name, ndzev, s.m.,

from na, prep., and zva-tt,

appellation,

call.

Cf.

also

ozvena,

an echo.
sired, root signifying

middle

frequently inserted after

in

bro

Bohemian,
;

to

jiti,

corresponding

the

take;

thus,

Russ. cepeftpo

,$

slri-

cf.
;

Eng.

silver.

to,

or like, po-

dobny.
to exhibit
in, u,

the Middle Ages, stredovek, s.m.

the verb

n being merely added for

remarks
euphony
(vide
Slavism, Slovanstvo.

the whole, celkem.

to

conception, poneti, s.n. ; practically the same meaning as

pojem, and also derived from

supra).

lents.]

on

itself,

which

is

very much
French.

vyskytovali

Kochanowski, Jan,
brated

Polish

sixteenth

se.

frequently used
in
like
chez

the

cele-

poet of the

century

(1530-

1584).

Observe Bohemian

chief poet of
author
of the poem
Ragusa,

stituted for g.

'Osman' (1588-1638).

to play,

often, tasto.

pres. part, of rozhodovati, to

seems

verbal

hnuti,

subst. neut.

in).

hrdti.

Russ. nrpaiL.
h sub-

roli;

borrowed

from

French.

example, ku premeru,
quently shortened into

for

the

poet, bdsnik, s.m.

certainly, sice.
role,

Gundulic,

author, writer, sptsovaUl, s.m.

Polish, pohky.

fre-

ku

Ragusan, dubrovnicky,
brovnik, the
for

Ragusa.

Slavonic

fr.

du-

name

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

102
but, avsak.

reflexive, so characteristic of

in, na.

the Slavonic languages.

question or matter, tikol] use

the
here
after
genitive

remote, vzddleny.
east, vychod, s.m.

vedom.

the word, slovo.

the meaning, signification, vyz-

nam, s.m.

against, proti.

domination, superiority, vrch-

especially, predevsim

(lit.

before

panstvi (vrch, upper).

s.f.
Cf. remarks

Latin, la/ma,

everything).

previously given of the forms

assumed by the names of

religious, ndbo%ensky.

import, signify, naznatovati.

sacred, ecclesiastical, posvdtny,

languages.
1

alluding to the oldest form

of Slavonic known, in which

to raise, povysiti, v.a. (po-vjfs-).

and other por-

importance, dule'zilosL
of the people, adj., prostond-

the Gospels
tions

of

the

Bible

were

translated in the ninth cen-

tury

by

St.

and

Cyril

Methodius.
divine

rodni.

of that time, tehdejsi.

rather,

service,

bohosluzba,

the

orthodox,
pravoslavny,
name of the Greek Church

opposed to the Latin.

the Church, cirkev (vide supra

on the uses of this word).

thoroughly, tultm.
acquainted, vedom.

verb ved, to know, but

now

used merely as an adjective.

In the original, si prvni byl

we

fr.

adj.,

lepjr,

beau-

word not much used

the

Western languages,

common

in

some

of the

Eastern, e.g. Serbian.

recognize, know, zndti.
writing, spis,

m.

good, dobry.
ethnographical, elnograficky.

Originally
the pres. part. pass, of the

vedom, where

but

le'pe,

tiful,

in

s.f.

as

literary, literdrni.

get a

good

example of the redundant

classification,
denij verbal
triditi,

division,

roztri-

noun from

roz-

to classify.

Europe, Evropa.
branch, kmen, s.m.

Roman, romansky,
other hand, Rim,

on
Rome.

but,

the

EXERCISES

A mere

Teutonic, Germansky.

only, jen.

monk

scholar's word, the ordinary

word being nemecky.

but, avsak (observe compound
a-vsak, and compare conjunctive

use of

in

103
Russ. HHOKL, a
a solitary person).

Cf.

(lit.

hastily, cursorily, zbezne (z-&h-,

to

fly,

run

L&t.fugto).

somewhat ignorant, nevlda asi

mnoho translate, somewhat
ignorant as to what he might
'

a-le,

a-bo, &c.).

to speak, mluviti.

tell

a Slav, Slovan.

to

tell,

about them.'
povedlti.

EXERCISE XIV.
The

Slavs at the time of their arrival in Bohemia, in those

respects, in an important way differed from the previous

inhabitants of that land, in that they were a people especially

fond of agriculture

thenceforth they developed themselves as

and peaceful workers brave, certainly, but not seeking

war, and defending for the most part only their property and

quiet

native land.

And

they, as they

came

to the land, could not have

been a numerous people according to the conception of our age

but in their quiet business multiplied themselves more quickly

than their predecessors, and filled the land everywhere with

very closely-packed dwellings.

From

old time the Slavs had

houses, each family being more inclined (to live)

amidst its fields, because thus the families generally, when they
had already multiplied into numerous companies, remained

lived

in

together

and

Villages grew

did

up

not

separate themselves from the land.

by the addition of new dwellings.

therefore

In the development of the people into families, and the families

into connexions and townships of this kind, was based all the
State organization of the ancient

which

remained on

the

Bohemians.

undivided

soil,

Each township

which

it

cultivated,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

104

elected for itself an elder or ruler, who, like a general father,

governed

the

and

estate

gave

which were

the orders

all

necessary.

a Slav, Slovan, s.m.

time,

to seek, vyhtedavati

out

(fas.

that, tim (instr. of ten}.

to defend, hdjiti.

previous,

planation of this

For ex-

word

vide

come, prijiti.
to be able, mod'(prefix the negative to the verb).

milovnf.
agriculture, orba (root or,
as in arare, to plough.
of,

same
Cf.

orat\ Old Slavonic, oradlo.

-ba
cf.
termination
For

numerous,

number,
the

to, die.

conception,

idea,

For explanation of

thenceforth, tudiL

ponlti.

word

this

vide supra.

to habituate themselves, zvyk-

use past tense with

the omission of nu.
;

quiet, tich$.

in

consequence

quiet,

pokojny

pri.

of,

(pokoj, rest

sometimes used

for

also

cham-

ber).

business, Ztvnost,

plodny.
'

labour, prdce (translate,

grew accustomed to

and

Cf. pocet.

cetn$.

to count, pocitati.

according

sluzba).

fruitful, profitable,

s.f.

to

before everything, prede vsim.

nouti

chiefly,

only, jen.

soi\,puda,

obyvatel.

land, zeme.

fond

part,

hlavne.

their property, jmeni.

supra.

an inhabitant,

most

the

for

lisiti.

predesty.

for).

but, neZ.

importantly, podstatrie.
distinguish,

to look

war, boj] use gen. plur.

arrival, pristlhovani.

by

(lit.

profitable labour

they

of

quiet

cf.

').

life,

also

root of
&'z>,

s.f.;
%iti,

alive

method
to live

na

%ive,

living.

brave, chrabry.

to multiply, mnoziti.

surely, sice.

quickly, rychtt.

predecessor, predchudce (from

EXERCISES
pred, before, and chudce, de-

from the verb

rived

fill,

together,

pounded with the verb; translate, 'did not divide them-

Lat. plenus).

selves concerning the land.'

a dwelling, bydliste ; the termination, as previously ex-

a village, vesnice,
to

grow

plained, expresses the place

where/ and

found

is

the Slavonic languages.

substantive

of an

adjective

expressions as

live,

cf.

CMOJIOJIJ,

youth upwards,
to dwell,

past tense with the omission

in this

such

nim.
dwelling, obydli, s.n. (root byt,

from

in Russian.

prebyvati.

to be).

development, rozvetveni, s.n.;

a verbal noun, derived from

houses; translate, 'built dwellings/

to

build,

past

stavlti',

used pretty much as an

part,

ros

difficult

or,

preferably/ or

translate,

;
'

most pre-

It

s.n.

jfjti.

written, spusob}.
itself,

the whole, cely.

generally, obycejne (vide supra).

belonging to the State,

friendly

group, pro.

Cf. the

word

for

friend (same root as Sansk.

pri, agreeable).

zakld-

se.

because, ponevadz.

telstvo, s.n.

very
accu-

kind, zpusod, s.m. (sometimes

dati

field, pole, s.n.

company,

is

translate

to

to establish, base

ferably/ nejradeji.

a branch.

rately these forms.

s.f.

being more inclined

'

ve/ev,

buzenstvo,

adj.

each, kazdy.

rodma,

and

a family, stock, kmen, m.

connexion, or relationship, pri-

a dwelling, abode, pribytek.

family,

way, therefore, tudy.

accession, addition, pristavovd-

coined out

is

f.

up, vzniknouti; use the

of the syllable nu.

in all

from old time, od starodavna.

com-

separate, dlliti; use neg.

full

naplnovati (napln,

thick, hustjt.

'

pohro-

collectively,

made.

choditi,

to go).

to

105

organization,

township or family,

on undivided
pudy.

stdtni.

zrizeni, s.n.

soil,

rod.

v nedilnosti

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

io6

to cultivate, vzdlldvati.

father, otec (root

to choose, voliti (yolba, choice,

from the

same

root,

ot.

Cf.

Gothic

atta\

with

to govern, direct, spravovati.

the feminine termination -ba

the estate, jmlni.

added).

to give orders, regulate, nari-

an

elder, starosta.

ruler,

by

zovati,

vlad

which were necessary, of which

vlddyka
(root,
of the Eastern
;

some

Slavonic

used

peoples

there

to

common,

root pol

spolecny

See previous

bylo

potreba ; although potreba is

a feminine noun, yet bylo
coming before is used in the

signify a bishop).

general,

was need, hho

neuter by a
vonic idiom.

re-

marks.

common

Sla-

EXERCISE XV.
The Emperor Rudolf

II

was not equal

in

mental

Although on

to his father or his grandfather.

his

gifts either

coming

to

he was barely twenty-four years of age, he was

already dilatory and melancholy.
Unwillingly he occupied
the throne

himself with the affairs of State-government, but his predecessors had unwillingly abandoned them to others. His recreation
consisted in scientific and artistic labours.

He amused

himself

He
with chemistry and astronomy, painting and sculpture.
made great collections of antiquities he kept at his palace
many scholars and artists, especially the two most celebrated
;

astronomers
Kepler.

of that century,

But science

private recreation,

and

Tycho

art

Brahe

and

afterwards

were to him nothing but a

which resulted

in astrological

superstitions

and delusions about making gold. For the real promotion and
development of science and art he took no care at all. In
his

youth he had been for a long time brought up in Spain at

and was entirely devoted to the

the court of his uncle Philip,

EXERCISES

107

Catholic religion, but the carelessness of his disposihim to labour heartily for the progress of
(Roman) Catholic Church, nor actively to prevent the

(Roman)

tion did not allow

the

And

further spread of Protestantism.

Bohemia remained

for a

be equal, rovnati se (add

negative to verb).
use noun in singift, nddani\
to

mind, spirit, duch, s.m-

State,

nor, ani

ant.

to

abandon, zanechdvati.
favourite

pursuit,

scientific, vldecky.
artistic,

he was twenty-four years old

'

to, stdtni, adj.

zalibeni.

although, ackoliv.

translate,

belonging

predecessor, predce.

recreation,

grandfather, did.

at

government, direction, zprava.

to

gular.

neither

so in religious matters

long time in her previous condition.

him was

to

umllecky.

amuse or occupy
baviti.

(bylo,

oneself,

Cf. Russ. 3a-6aBJieme.

neut.) twenty-four of years/

In the original, for emphasis,

most

/ is

(lit.

at first), teprv.

to be, byvati (iterative aspect of

added

to the past tense

of the verb.
chemistry, chemie.

already, then,/$, tehddl.

dilatory, vahavy.

astronomy, hvlzddrstvi (from

hvezda, a star Russ. SBfe^a).

melancholy, trudnomysly (trud

painting,

mysi).

malen; Ge-malde).

unwillingly, nevad.
to

occupy

sculpture, rezdni.

oneself, zandseti

The

zdle%itost.

affair,

se.

termi-

nation of the instr. plur. in

-mi is one of the characteristics in
is

nearer

than
has

which Bohemian
to

Russian
only

forms.

malovdm (from Ger.

Old
;

few

Slavonic
the

of

to

make, lay the foundations

of, zaloziti.

great, veliky.

collection, sbzrka,

to

collect

conj. of verbs

s.f.

(h.sbirati,

brati,
;

see

same

5th

as Lat.

and used very widely.

Russ. co-6opt, a cathedral; co6panie, a collection).

latter

fero,

these

Cf.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

io8

amusement, zdbava.

various, rozlicny.

memorable things, pamatny; a word

antiquities, in original

already explained.

an

scholars,

artist,

mnohe

umelec.

-vrch,

prevrhovati

result,

'

sometimes

said,

in.'

Observe

use of po.
delusion, klam, s.m.

the manufacture, deldni.

gold, zlato, s.n.

that being rather from slovo,

real,

a word, and thus comes to

promotion, povznesem,

mean

the

men who speak

intelligibly, in contradistinc-

to the German, who

was primarily to the Slavs

tion

nemec, or the dumb man).

an astronomer, hvezddr ~ar,
;

the

termination

frequently
for the male agent, but

more

frequent in Hohemian and

in the Western Slavonic lan-

guages than in the Eastern.

Tycho Brahe (1546-1601).

culmin-

also, tak/.

superstition, povcra.

famous,
slavny
(slava, glory, not the derivation of the name of the

celebrated,

Slavs, as is

'

to

ated
ucene.

Cf. baviti.

to.

summit, as we say

to maintain, chovati.

many

mimo

besides that,

skulecny (skutek, a fact).

verbal

noun

s.n.,

po-vz (voz, up)

bring, to carry.

-nes, to

development,

spreading,

ex-

pansion, rozsireni.
to exert oneself, starati.

thereby, pritom

pri and

derived from

For the use of za

during, za.
to

torn.

denote duration of time

see prepositions.

common

It is also

use in Polish.

youth, mlddt, s.n.

Kepler (1571-1630).

longer, delsi.

afterwards, pozdeji.

bring up, to maintain, chovati

art,

umem,

s.n.

were only, nebyly nicim jinym

nez.
Remember the rule on
the use of two negatives.

personal or private, osobni (osoba, a person, fr. o-sob-a, same

root as soil, &c.).

(vide supra).

The form is
Spain, Spanely.
the plural, used in so many
names of

countries.

uncle, stryc.
to devote, oddati.
entirely,

cele,

a word the root

EXERCISES
of which has
already

sluggishness,

liknavost.

ani%.

Russ.

Its).

warmly, eagerly, horlivy

root

to labour, exert oneself for, za-

sazovati (root

sad,

Other aspect

zdsaditi.

to

sit).

to protect, brdniti (vide supra),

off, restrain,

vehemently, vigorously,

far

hrube

u moiojc6w

But the hearts of the young

men do

not fear the Turks.'

guages we still find the nouns

governing the same cases as

Cf.

Lat.

Quid

rem

hanc

and so (on

this account),

pro-

toL

comp. of ddlny,

like

ky,

common

adjectival termination; root

dal\
spread, lirem,

serce

tactio.

coarsely),

(~ny,

which

their verbs, and preserving

other characteristics of verbs.

progress, prosplch.

further, dalsi,

noun

reflexive,

In some of the Slavonic lan-

hor, to burn,

(lit.

where the

the

Niezlgknie sie TurkSw.

'

much, &c.

or keep

Ale

supertoo
KOMI,,

jfflinHLifi,

cjinm -

fluous;

pro-

much, pnlu (root

Cf.

se

Cf.
belongs to the verb.
such expressions in Polish

disposition, pohava.

very

teslantsvi,

keeps

nor, ani

In

Protestantism, protestanlsvi.
the original, h'reni

explained,
carelessness or

neither

109

religious

matters

religion)

(matters

of

matter, vie.

during a long time, za (with

accus.).

condition, stav.

s.n.

EXERCISE XVI.
Literature, the fruits of

which from the invention of printing

were abundantly spread among the people, comprehended at

that time the more widely-spread branches of popular knowthere
ledge, but did not display either originality or solidity
;

were but few writers whose works rose above mediocrity.

The

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

no

language only was purified, and attained great fl<?\-jW*y

After Daniel Adam Veleslavin, the most
prose compositions.
:

prominent author of the age of Rudolf on the Utraquist

the

Bohemian Brothers performed

From

purity of the language.

side,

the greatest services for the

school

their

issued

the

first

profound investigator of the Bohemian language, Jan Blahoslav,

and the Utraquist Bible, in six parts, edited by the Brothers,
is an eternal monument of the beauty of the Bohemian lan-

The Bohemian schools of the time, in the superinguage.

tendence of which the local communes especially exerted themselves,

were adequate

knowledge of

letters.

for the diffusion of the

The

the University of Prague,

most necessary

teachers appointed over them by

in the larger and smaller towns,

were almost throughout masters of arts and bachelors of

arts of those branches of learning ; but the university itself
remained

in a neglected state,

and did not

offer opportunities

for the acquisition of scientific

knowledge corresponding to the

For all the pleasure
other countries.

progress at that time in

taken by the Emperor Rudolf in
arts

were also in a

architects at all

who

artistic

amusements, the

fine

There were no native

of decay.
could be compared to their predecessors
state

of the time of Vladislav II

certainly the

most important

build-

ings were for the most part erected by architects summoned

from foreign countries.

fruit,

compounded of a

plod, s.m.

discovery, vznalezeni,

the press, ttsk

ing-press.

of a native

s.n.

tisk-arna, print-

In Polish instead

name we have

drukarnia, and in

Russian

vigorously, abundantly, sndze.

An instance of an adverb

tion
f.,

and substantive

preposi;

snaha,

effort, exertion,

to spread, rozsirovati (root sir) ;

people,

lid,

s.m.

as Ger. Leute).

(same root
Translate,

'spread themselves into the

people,' v lid, as we might
say in Lat. in populum.

EXERCISES
comprehend, embrace, osdho and root sah, to
(fr.

to

to

nouti

Cf.

touch.)

Russ.

The

npn-Cflra.

disap-

pears in the past tense, as

is so often the
case with
verbs of this conjugation.
at that time, translate

widely-spread,

by gen.
manifold, roz-

pounds of
prose

Veleslavin (translate by z Veleslavma, the way in which the

use

s.n.

first

was

in

the

habit

of

name of

ztc;

povzne'sti (po-vz-nesti,

above, nad.

The
mediocrity, prostrednosf.
root of this verb has been
already explained.
only, toliko.

(probably derived
from the Ger. treiben}.

in

cf.

Holy Land.

the

Bezdru-

so also the rhymster,

Lomnicky

z Budce].

prominent, predni.
writer, spisovateL

of Rudolf; use the possessive

form of the adj., Rudolfov.
the

verb of the ist conj.).

purify, tribiti

Thus

the Bohe-

Harant, z Polzic a z

thoroughness, duklad-

dilo, s.n.

rise,

in Polish.

the full

travels

nost (root klad}.

few writers ; use malo with gen.
plur. of noun.

to

tomary

de-

nost.

work,

took

is

mian patriot Harant, author

of an interesting account of

veloping originality/ puvod-

solidity,

title

i.e.

aspect will be the

correct one to use here,

man

expressed, corresponding to the Ger. von and

the Fr. de, as is also cushis

to develop, vynikati, vyniknouti.

'

ra<5.

after, vedle.

singular.

knowledge, vedeni,

com-

do-.

place from which a

s.n.

odvetvi,

takes

other

ohtbnosf (root heb\

Cf. Russ.

popular, lidsky.

The

many

(adj.), prosaicky.

flexibility,

manity.

branches,

dosahovati';

attain,

genitive, as

fto-cyrB,

nu

in

Utraquist

pod
to

obojt,

from

side,

strana

oboje.

perform the greatest serthe

translate, 'had

vices;

greatest merit/
merit, zdsluha.
purity, tistota,

s.f.

language, ret, s.f., in the sense

of style, form of expression,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

112

as opposed tojazyk, the

mere

spoken language.
brother, bratr, m. See remarks

on the

s. v.

this

plur.

irreg.

of

word.

superintendence, opatreni.
to

be adequate, to furnish

for, k.

necessary, potrebny.

school, skola.

belonging to

literary,

literni;

investigator, badatel.

idea of rudimentary

Bohemian language trans'in Bohemian gram-

mar,'

as

mluvnictvi)

an abstracted sense; the

word for an actual grammar

is

mluvnice

knowledge, sndmost,

used

in

to

ucilel.
See previous
notes on root uc, which en-

ters into so

h&&KrdlicM

'

over

se.

monument, pomnik. Put this

and the accompanying adjective in the predicative instr.

beauty, lepotvdrnosf^ or beauty

of construction lep- and tvar-.

well-made,

well-formed.

or

them,

to

them,

a town or

city, mesto, s.n.

The

town, mlstetko.

little

Bohemian language, as
the case with

all

languages, is rich in the use

of diminutives.
quickly), skoro

municipal, mestsky.
the commune, obec, s.f.

root as English sheer).

throughout, veskrz (two

(lit.

positions

The

is

the Slavonic

almost

to exert oneself, petovati.

of Prague, Prazsky.
were use iterative.

local or belonging to the towns,

especially, nejvfc.

mm.

has become/ stdti

Cf. adj. ivdrny,

words.

other aspect, dosaditi (root

sad, same as Lat. sedeo).

Utraquist.

translate

many

to appoint, -settle, dosazovati

to edit, publish, vydati.

is,

zna,

s.f.;

know.

a teacher,

root mluv.

in six parts, sestidilny.

Bible, Bibli^.l

the

know-

ledge.

late,

letters,

especially with

profound, thorough, dukladny.

of

suffi-

cient, staciti dosti.

(same
pre-

compounded).

master of arts, mistr. Abridged

root of this word explained

from

supra.

trating

magtster,
the

way

and
in

illus-

which

EXERCISES
own

our

'

mister

'

has been

formed.
bachelors of

was (found

arts,

bakaldr (from

native, domaci.

has been introduced into so

there

languages the probable origin of the word is

man who

keeps

cows. See glossary to Stubbs'

branch

itself,

of

(translate,

there

at

all,

naskrze.

predchudce

predecessor,

(root

chod, to go).

learning,

s.n.

important, famous, znamenity;

root zna, to know. Cf. znd-

sam.

most,

to neglect, zanedbati za-ne-dbati\

use past part, pass., which

has almost become an adjective.
offer,

'

were

fall).

to compare, rovnati.

Select Charters).

ucem,

se.

was not of).

baccarius, a

Study,

nachazelo

decay, upadek (root pad, to

the mediaeval Latin, which

many

to

itself),

the fine arts, vytvarne umeni.

poskytovati (negative

pounds.
building, stavba.
for the

most

part,

especially,

jmenovite' (jmeno, a name).

to erect, #<&tf (translate, ' archi-

in composition with verb).

opportunity, prilezitost\

and many other com-

tects

thus

s.f.

summoned
avoiding

the

erected/
passive

for, k.

form in agreement with the

acquisition, nabyti, s.n.

genius of the Slavonic lan-

knowledge, zndmost.
corresponding

guages).
for the

to, die.

progress, advance, pokrok (po-

all

to

tehdejli.

the pleasure taken

by

the Emperor, pri vsem zalibeni

cis.

use of pri
tions.

part, vlfsim dilem

architect, builder, stavitel.

krok).

of that (time),
for

most

(vide supra).

See remarks on

among

Preposi-

summon,

povolati.

a foreign country, cizina.

Cf.
this termination with such

forms w&pofttwa, the Polish

language, &c.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR
EXERCISE XVII.
King Vladislav meanwhile
of his reign, had married
king, Louis XII,

who

at

Buda, only now in the 3ist year

Foix, the niece of the French

Anne de

first

gave birth to a daughter named Anne

and afterwards a son, Louis (1505). Vladislav, having secured

from the Hungarian and Bohemian Estates that this son, even
while a child, should be acknowledged as his successor in the
kingdoms, came in the year 1509, for the third time after his

Hungarian kingdom, to Prague, where Louis,

years of age, was crowned.
During his
Bohemia, which on this occasion lasted a whole year,

election to the

who was
stay in

just three

he again raised a commotion among the Estates in his presence

and again issued orders contrary to the wishes of the cities.

The

displeasure of the burghers increased even more in consequence of an accidental occurrence, when there arose at
Prague a sanguinary quarrel between the Hungarian nobles

and

their

dependents and the

common

people, in which sixteen

whose death the king avenged by

many cruel executions, flaying, impalement, and other kinds
of torture, up to that time unheard of in Bohemia.
lost their lives

Hungarians

meanwhile, mezitim.

Buda, Budin

called Pesth

modern

now more

niece,

often

from the more

part of the

dupli-

sestrenice

(daughter of

the sister).

French, francouzsky.
Louis, Ludvik.
to give birth to, poroditi

cate city.

only now, teprv.

to marry, vstoupili v mauzelstvi

jemu.
a daughter, dcera,

add

s.f.

(from the O.H.G.mdl, mahal;

cf.also the Polish malzenstwo,

by namG,jme'nem.

and cognate words).

of the Estates (translate, in the

Estates ; Estate, stav, m.).

to obtain, obdrzeti.
'

'

enter

to
s

upon marriage

with instr.

with,

Hungarian, Uhersky.

EXERCISES
even while a child (translate,
'in childish

age';

to

of

previous

this

orders,

yypo-

against, proti.

dttskf).

the wishes, prdni,

accepted, acknowledged, prijat.

See

issue

order,
vldlti.

childish,

word

pass, of prijiti, to take,

more often found in

form prijmouti) the

burgher, mesfan.

now

to increase, rozmnoziti

the

accidental, nahodily.

repre-

occurrence, prihoda.

senting a suppressed nasal.

the

krdlovstvi.

come,
to go).
See

in the year

ist conj.

flood;

of time.

aspect.

krvavy

sanguinary,

use gen. for point

here used for the

is

momentaneous

(fr. jiti,

The 2nd

nu.

syllable

conj.

prijiti

use the past tense without

step; hence, follower).

to arrive,

se.

to arise, break out, strhnouti se

successor, nastupce (root stup,

kingdom,

s.n.

displeasure, nelibosf.

explanations
the past part,

Lat.

(krev,

Gr.

cru-or;

Kpeas).

the third time, potreti.

riot

to Prague, do

nobleman, dvoran

Prahy.

three years of age

or outbreak, rvacka, from

the root rva, to tear.

election, zvoleni.

use adjec-

court

(dvorec, the

dvordk, the

man who

takes care of the court, the

tive trilety.

to crown, korunovati.

porter;

also

in

names of

Krdlove

as

during, za.

places,

stay, prebyvdnz, s.n.

Koniginhof, Queen's Court).

this time, tentokrdt.

Cf. corre-

sponding
hundred times.

forms, stokrdt,

to

last,

the

Ger.

dependents, attendants, celed, f.,

used collectively, but may

also

cely

(our

whole

6 Uhrupfislo o ztvot.

neuter

to raise, take, vziti.

among,

in plural.

obecny.

sixteen Hungarians were killed,

heit).

commotion,

be used

common,

potrvati.

whole,

dvur,

is

The

although
lestndct is really a feminine
substantive by a Slavonic

rozepre.

mezi.
I

used,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

n6

idiom already explained.

occurs

more

the verb

is

frequently

at the

It

beginning

of the sentence.
lose

to

life,

to

when

avenge,

pomstiti (revenge,

pomsta).
severe, ukrutny.

execution, poprava.

prijiti

Zivol,

German idiom which has

been adopted by Bohemian,

and has been already explained.

flaying, dreni.

Cf.

Gk.

impalement, strkdni. na

Stpfiv.

kul.

up to that time, dotud.

unheard of, neslychany, a past
part, converted into an adj.
(slychati, to

death, smrt.

EXERCISE

hear frequently).

XVIII.

In such a position of Bohemian affairs, and even greater

disturbances in the kingdom of Hungary, Sultan Soliman undertook the new expedition against Hungary with his whole
military force, which had been expected with terror for so many

King Louis, seeking assistance in all the neighbouring

countries, anxiously demanded also in the Bohemian Estates
that they should aid him with the muster of troops promised

years.

But in this also the highest

during his stay in the country.
Leo of
authorities showed themselves ill-disposed to him.
Rozmital wished to bring the matter before the Assembly of the
country, but it was not at all possible to call it together on
account of the exasperation of the (different) parties one against
the other.

In answer to the eager desire of the king, the

finally resolved, from a meeting held among

Rosenberg party

Another
to go to the assistance of the king.
party then agreed to the same course, but purposely protracted
When first a
the military preparations till it was too late.
themselves,

certain part of the

proceeding to

camp, a

battle

Bohemian

auxiliaries, in a scattered

manner

Hungary, had forced their way to the king's

was fought, through the senseless arrogance of

EXERCISES
the

Hungarian

Muhac, with a

lords at

117

Turks about

force of the

twelve times stronger.

The Christian soldiery suffered in the
course of an hour-and-a-half a complete sanguinary defeat;

and King Louis, who was twenty years of age, perished in the
being drowned together with his horse in a deep stream
which had overflowed (Aug. 29th).
retreat,

Leo

of Rozmital,

Lev

z,

with

This form of

the genitive.

such, takovy.
position, postaveni.

Bohemian proper names has

disturbance, zmatek.

already been explained.

to undertake, predsevziti (predse-vziti, to take),

many,

koh'k,

to bring before, vzndseti.

before,

taking the

gen.

na

(lit.

to).

assembly of the country, snem

terror, strach.

zemsfy; snem, the assembly.

-em is connected with jiti^

to expect, ocekavati.

to take, the

expedition, u-tok.

added, as

after

to,

na;

it.

used

like the

responding Polish

force, moc.

pomoc

neighbouring,
to

demand,

okolni

cf. kolo,

to

use plural,
(pkolo,

it

a wheel),

zddati.

is

call

together, sbirati.

Cf.

Russ. co6op"L, coOpame.

was not possible, nebylo
mozne.

altogether, vsak.
of, pro.
exasperation, rozezleni (roz-zlo,

muster of tTOOps,verejnd/iotovos/.

stay,

cor-

term

on account

in the, na.
to aid, prisplti.

to promise,

The

Sejm.

to seek, look for, hledeti.

around

n being merely
seen in other

forms of the verb.

Lat. in

with the accusative,

assistance,

is

slibiti.

prebyvdm.

evil).

a party, strana.

one against the other, na

answer to, k.

authority, magistrate, urednik.

in

ill-disposed, neochotny; use here

eager, snazny (snaha).

the predicative instr.

desire, zddost.

sebe.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

n8

king, of or belonging

krdluv.

to,

finally,

of

adjective

konecne (konec, the end).

Rosenberg, Rosenbersky.
The name of a very impor-

Bohemian

tant

family,

to, do, in

up

must be

which

and jezd,

way

do.

among themselves, sama

in

the

other

(fr.

raz,

dorazila

translate,

These verbs compoun-

tendency
repeat the

to, tdhnouti.

in

to

Slavonic

preposition be-

fore the noun).

then, thereupon, tu.

the place
camp, lezeni
where the troops lie, in the

the

another, druhj.

agree

as

ded with do have a great

o sobl.

to,

carefully noted in

to force, doraziti

a blow;

in jezditi, to

g)-

go

to

the use of the prepositions

Slavonic languages.

sjezd (se-

'*

'

Bohemian

held

svoHti (same root as

mysl,

same way as the Ger. Lager.

See
battle was fought.
remarks made previously on

protract, protahovati (root

insensate, senseless, nesmyslny.

Eng.

wilt].

designedly, purposely, timyshie

(umysl,

design

the

svesti.

thought, &c.).
tah, to draw),

arrogance, zpupnosf,

preparation, priprava, s.f.

az (compare use of a in
till,

a-m,

a-Ie, a-st,

the last the z

and a-z;
is

nobility,

merely an
at

certain, nlktery.

zastup

(root

stup,

roztroulenl

s.n.

Muhac, u with gen. I have

the
Bohemian
preserved
form of the word, which

more

step).

scatteredly,

collective term

of the Slavonic languages.

intensifying suffix),

band,

s.f.

gentry, panstvo,

pan, a
a
word
only
gentleman;
found in the western branch

in

late (too), pozde.

the sense of

nals of the country.

same root as

to

trousiti, to scatter.

to, idhnouti.

proceed

frequently figures in the an-

meeting,

to

which has become an

part.,

to resolve, uzavriti.

an

adverb formed from a past

is

often written Mohacs,

according to the Hungarian

spelling, the place

being in

EXERCISES
the southern part of

and situated

gary
marshes.

Hun-

among

to perish, zahynuti.
in,

na.

to be

root

a Turk, Turek.

119

drowned, utonouti (the

is

top,

but the p has

strength).

dropped out in this aspect

as in Russian.
Cf. potopa,

in the course, behem, instr. of

a horse, kun (in O.S. KOMOFL,

a word the origin of which

about,

asi.

strong, silny(sila,

s.f.,

the deluge).

Christian, kresfansky.
to suffer, utrplti.

blh.

is

of an hour-and-a-half (transhalf of the second

late,

very

difficult to explain).

deep, hluboky.

'

Cf. Ger. anderthalb

hour.'

the construction

enough

is

common

in the Slavonic lan-

porazka,

s.f.

(raz,

blow).

twenty years old,

dvadcetilety.

potok

(root

Met,

to

flow).

which had overflowed, rozbahniti\

use

bahniti se

guages)^
complete, tiplny (plenus).
defeat,

stream,

past

means

part,
'

to

pass.,

become

marshy/
a

August, Srpen
gen. of point
of time (lit. reaping-month).
;

srp, a sickle.

EXERCISE XIX.
The Bohemian throne, which by this unexpected occurrence
had again become vacant, should, according to the hereditary compacts with the house of Austria, have devolved to the Emperor
Frederick III. But the Bohemian Estates had since the war

King Sigismund grown accustomed to settle the kingdom,

on this occasion there was no thought of keeping these
agreements, especially when the Emperor Frederick, although
he sought his rights, took no trouble to ensure their being-

with

so that

attained.

The husbands of the two sisters of the deceased King

Duke of Saxony, and Casimir, King of

Ladislaus, William,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

120

Poland, pretended to a right of succession. Also some other

princes put in their claim to election, and the French

German

king, Charles VII. gave the

Bohemians

large sums,

tion that they should elect as king his

But

at this time all other views

on condi-

younger son Charles.

were overpowered by the grate-

majority of the people to a man who in

the most successful way had up to the present time laboured
ful inclination of the

for the public good.

George Podebrad, who till now had
been the regent of the kingdom, was chosen king with great

Nor did the party of the (Roman)

8, 1488).
Catholics resist this election, for the most prominent of them,
unanimity (March

such as Zdenk Konopistsk^ of Steinberg, and John, son of

Ulrich of Rosenberg, had been formerly on good terms with
him, having been raised by him to high
the throne, trun.

the settlement, osazovdni (from

the verb osazovdti, iterative

sudden, nenaddly.
vacant, osirely

(fr.

root sir, an

orphan, a poor or bereaved

of osaditi).
to get used to, navyknouti '; use

past tense with omission of

person).

according

syllable nu.

to, die.

there

hereditary, dedicny.

agreement, compact, smluva or

smlouva,

s.f.

(root

mluv

the house, dom, s.m.

of Austria, rakouskj (vide sufor explanation of this

word),
should have, byl by mil.
For
idiomatic uses of miti see
p. 47.

to devolve,

up

was no thought

slilo se;

of, nemyput se early in the

sentence,

cf.

mluviti, to speak),

pra

offices.

keeping, zdrzeni.

on

this occasion, tentokrdt.

although, ac.
to seek, to direct oneself, tah-

nouti\ drops

pripadnouti.

to until, potud.

in the past

to ensure, zjednati.
legality, validity,

fall,

nu

tense.

rather,

more

platnosL

especially, vice.

to pretend to, hldsiti se k, i.e/

EXERCISES
to give their voices for (plas,

a voice),
as

pomnik, pamlt, and

in

similar words).

For

manzel.

husband,

ex-

planation of "the root of this

word vide supra.
right,

inclination, ndklonnost^

and root

presumptive, pre-

tended, domnety (root mne,

to labour, pracovati.
for, k.

Cf.

zemrely.

verb

George, /i'#.

VMm.

pronunciation of
or one of the

dux,

use

after

the

verb

will

then

the

adverb,

to election (translate,

gen.
the

be in the

neuter sing.
to put in a claim, uchdzeti
'

se.

concern-

Karel

sum, gain, vyhoda.

that,

made from

an

the ad-

sprdvce (zeme zndprav-).

chosen king, zvolen za krdle.

unanimity, jednosvornost (svornost\

unanimity, harmony).
month of
(lit.

the birch-tree ; use gen. for

point of time),
for (Roman) Catholics here use

strana

to give, poddvati.

on condition

to this time, posavadni

March, Brezen

ing'), o zvoleni.

profit,

Podlbrad-

regent of the kingdom, zeme-

plur.

Charles,

7.

verb posavad.

Polish, polsky.

nlkolik\

translate

from Podebrad.

sky,

up

adjective

Herzog).

Saxon, Sasky.
Casimir, Kazimir.

some,

Podebrad

z ve'vod, vfooda

leader of the host

(lit.

Cf. Russ. lOpifl,

the Gr. Teapyios having a soft

Duke of Saxony,
Saxon dukes,

use neuter as a

substantive.

mritit to die.

William,

successful,

zddrny.
up to the present time, dotudjiz.

good, dobry;

prdv.

(na

s.f.

excellent,

clever,

s.f.

klon, to bend),

majority, ve/h'na,

sister, sestra.

deceased,

121

kdyz

by.

elect, zvoh'ti.
as, za.

grateful, vdecny(iooi Ger. Dank).

pod jednou, s., the

party for communion in one
kind.
Cf. pod oboji.
resist,

odporovati (same root as

Russ. nepeiB, Ger. sperren;

also found in Old English),
election, volba.

122

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

prominent, predni.
of them, z nich. Cf. Lat. ex Us.

of Sternberg, ze Sternberka.
John, Jan.
Ulrich of Rosenberg, Oldrich
z Rosenberka.

formerly, za predesleho casu.

on good terms
goodwill

'),

'

(translate,

use vule,

to raise, povyliti.

high, vysoky.
office, dustojenstvi, s.n.

s.f.

in

SOME BOHEMIAN PHRASES

Podjednu hodinu nebudeme
an hour.

To work

Dlouho na noc pracovati.

Na
Na
Na

usvite.

He

is

long into the night.

with one leg.

called after him.

After salt food one wishes to

slanych jidlech chce se piti.
(Observe the impersonal chce se, a common form in

cheeks

na mne ?

Po otci pribuzny.
6"

for

in error.

A man

the Slavonic languages.)

Po srdzce desiti ze sta.

Co

be ready

In the early dawn.

Volal nan.

Po

shall not

In haste.

kvap.

He
omylujest.
Clovek ojedne'noze.

drink.

We

hotovi.

nekym

o nlco

With a discount of ten per

What do you

wish with

Related on the father's

radu

brati.

To

cent.

me ?

side.

take counsel with some one

about something.

Mnl

na skodu.

To my

Obdovlld krdlovna.

disgrace.

The widowed

queen.

They looked only to their own interest.

The son of the sister of Olakar.
Otakarovy.
The district was given as a reward.
ndhradu.

Hledlli svevoli.

Syn ze sestry
Zupa dana v

K dozivotnemu uzivdni.
Umluva

o dvoji

For

his use during his

svadbou mezi detmi.

life- time.

The arrangement

con-

cerning the double marriage among the children. (In detmi we

observe the preservation of the Old Slavonic instrumental case,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

124
which

is

also preserved in Russian in

a child, see p. 12.)

Trpival nouzi v pokomu a v odlvu.
his food and clothing.
declension of

a few words; for the

dill,

nouzi,

s.f.,

Proti zemanum svych

He

endured hardship

in

hardship, necessity.

okoli.

Against the country gentlemen

of their neighbourhood.
okoli, s.n., the

surrounding country, neighbourhood.

The

Pritta jiz zddouci doba.

last,

an instance of a

(zddouci,

longed-for time had come at

participle which has become

an adjective.)
Zpupnost mestanstva nemeckeho.

The

arrogance of the Ger-

man

burgher class.
Uvedeni zeme v pokoj a porddek.

into peace

and

The

bringing of the land

order.

Vy mi pochlebujete. You flatter me.

Nemdte zac. You have no reason (lit. You have not for
what/
See remarks on the compounded prepositions en
'

p. 26).

Ja vdm

za

to stojim.

Come

Pojd'te sem.

guarantee

Pujdeme na prochdzku.
Hrrni, blyskd

Snih padd.

The snow

Dnes nastdva bourka.

Dnu

ubyvd.

The

you.

Let us go

for a walk.

thunders and lightens.

It

se.

it

hither.

falls.

There

will

days get shorter

be a storm to-day.
'

(lit.

It

takes off from the

days').

Nebe

se mraci.

The sky grows dark.

What o'clock is it ?

Kolik jest hodin ?

hours is it ?').

Jiz jest

lest hodin.

for numerals after pet.

It is

The

now

'

(lit.

six o'clock.

(Observe the rule

Slavonic numerals

of the old nature of the numerals,

i.e.

Of how many

still

retain

they are nouns.)

much

PHRASES

125

Na

mych hodinkdch jest pul druhe. By my watch it is halfas in German, half towards two ').
(lit.,
Mohou ji'z byti tri ctverte na jedne. It may already be
'

past one

a quarter to one o'clock.

Bilo deset hodin.
It has struck ten

'

(lit.

It

has struck ten of

hours/

Observe the neuter, very frequently used at the beginning of the sentence. A corresponding idiom may be found
in the other Slavonic
languages).

Does your watch go

Idou vase hodinky dobre f

Jeste neni pozde.

Rozednivd

Mdme

not yet

The day

se.

to be dawning,

It is

and the

well

late.

breaking.
(Cf. the verb dniti
of
in composition.)
roz
signification
is

We

dnes prvmho.

have

now

the

first

se,

day of the

month.
bez vyjimky.
No rule without an exception.
If I see it is so, I shall be
Uvidim-li, ze je tak, budu rdd.

Zadne pravidlo
pleased.

Jd budu
will

come

cekati az prijde.

I will wait

he comes

till

(lit.

'till

he

').

Ptdci

tttaji pod oblaky.

Ryby plovou v voddch.

The
The

birds fly under the clouds.

fish

swim

in the waters.

U vecerjest soumrak.
Vetricek veje the.
to

In the evening is twilight.

The wind blows softly. (Veje from

blow; a verb of the

Boure pordzi stromy.

ist conj., fth class.

vdti,

Cf. znati?)

The storm throws down

the trees.

boure, s.m., a storm.

The apple is round.

The cock crows in the morning.
The egg is covered with
skordpkou.

Jablkojest kulate'.
Kohout rdno zpiva.
Vejce kryje se
(

Ve/ce, root

ej,

to

which the diminutive

The

ce is

added

cf.

shell.

Ger. Ei\

addition of v at the beginning of words with

a vowel is very characteristic of some of the Slavonic languages.
Thus cf. Bohemian varhany (only used in the plural), an organ ;

Russ.

aflrjie.

I2

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

and

for the interchange of v

from the irregular verb

with

The

Slavzk zpivd nejlibeznlji ze vsech.

most agreeably of

'

all.

nejlibeznlji,

vavnn, a

/ see

laurel

krye,

kryti, to cover.)

lit.

(Sldvik,

nightingale sings the

the dusky-coloured bird/)

form of the superlative adverb.

Kolldr a Palacky byli

Kollar and Palacky were

pratele'.

friends.

Biskup Eberhard muz honeny

vice v zoldne'rstm nez ve vlcech

Bishop Eberhard, a
in spiritual matters.
than
soldiering

duchovnich.

Pod
neck;

Under

ztrdtou hrdla.
i.e. their

heads cut

man

rather

practised

in

the penalty of the loss of their

off.

K hmuz

kdyz jestl pridruzil se neurodny rok, prise I hlad

In addition to which, when already an unproductive year

veliky.

associated

itself,

there

came a

great famine.

pridruziti, v.a., to associate.

Ve mlddem krdli Vdslavovi

II

vzkve'tala

nadeje

nove velike

In the young king Wenceslaus II

budoucnosti pro zemi hskou.
a
new
of
the
blossomed
great future for the Bohemian
hope
land.
vzkve'tati,

Odebral

se

na

other aspect vzkve'sti (root kvet, a flower).

He

sve' stalky.

betook himself to his

estates.

vysel z komnaty krdlovy, jest zatcen a uvrzen do vezeni.

he had come out of the king's chamber, he was seized

Kdyz

When

and thrown
vysel,

lei,

to go.

into prison.

irreg.

past

of

jiti,

See pp. 37, 49.

zatcen,

from

veze.

the White Tower.

fr.

slouti.

zatknouti.

uvr%en, from uvrhnouti.

Ve vltli vezi kterd pozdej sloula Bild

sloula,

adj.,

p. 17.

komnata (Lat. caminata; also

used in Russian).

tower, afterwards called

See possessive

krdlovy.

See

p. 40.

In the highest

SELECTED PASSAGES
ILLUSTRATING SPECIAL IDIOMS AND SYNTAX.

Rozmnozeni pevnych hradu v zemi a obezdem mist za krdle

Vdcslava

/, i jelte cetneji

za Premysla Otakara

II

by to pricinou,

zachovdvdni pomezniho hvozdu k obranl zemske

ze se

stdlo jiz

skoro docela zbylecnym.

The

increase of strong castles in the land

and the

fortifi-

King Wenceslaus I, and more

the time of Pfemysl Otakar II, was the cause

cation of cities in the time of

in

numerously

that the preservation of the frontier forest to protect the country

became soon
instr.

quite superfluous.
(Observe here pricinou, pred.
zachovdvdni, the ordinary form of the verbal noun.)

Vesnice nemecke zaklddaly se podobnjm spusobem a s podobnymi

svobodami jako osady ceske v dobe predtim, jen s tim rozdilem, ze

jim dopultlnojako mestum

The German
and with

similar liberties as the

time before
like the

villages

souditi se prdvem nemeckym.

were established

this,

manner

settlements in the

only with this difference, that they were allowed,

towns, to be

V kapitoldch,

in a similar

Bohemian

judged by German law.

peclive roztridenych, dovozuje hrisnost tance,

jak

proc neni dovolen vzdy a kazdemu.

In the chapters carefully arranged, he shows the sinfulness of

Ikodi dull i

telu,

dancing, as it injures soul and body, wherefore it

'
not permitted ') everywhere and to each.
(lit.
skoditi, to injure,
roztridenych, past part. pass, of

See
arrange.
the effect of roz in compo-

roztriditi,

sition.

to

is

forbidden

4th

conj.,

takes dative.
neni, compounded negative form

of the verb 'to be/ (See p. 59.)

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

128

Jednim pramenem ku pozndni

ceskeho a jine

spisy historicke,

loho budou nam Dljiny ndrodu

v nichz Palacky na rozlicnych

mistech usudky sve prondsi a ndzoru svych se dovoldvd.

One

knowledge of

source for the

this

will

be to us the

History of the Bohemian People and other historical writings,

in which Palacky in various places produces his opinions and
gives scope to his views.

jednim pramenem, pred.

as one source.

cases;

which

budou, the third person plural

of

byti,

to

be, originally a

present with a future signification, because byti is a

perfective verb
is

f.,

plural, history.

t(f)\Kva'TiK6if,

Od casu

ace,

mean-

and Gr.

y*.

Ob-

delicate of the Slavonic

prepositions.

3rd sing,

pr.,

from

prondleti, to bring forward.

For explana-

dovoldvdti, to permit, give scope

to

the

to

borrow a

compounded with

verbs

do frequently take a genitive

(see list of prepositions used
in composition).

II nepanoval

take zddny panovnik cesky tak

Otakar
II, hned po smrti otce sveho
jako Premysl

Boleslava

risi

enclitic,

serve use of na, one of the

term of Greek grammar, is

put with the noun after pre-

rozsdhU

various

an

the

in

tion of nichz see p. 25

the

intensifies the

prondsi,

only used

is

rozlicnych) in various.

most

the present

another root.

the I

Cf. Russ.

ing.

na

now jsem, borrowed from

Dejiny,

with

positions

instr.,

Vdclava.

From

the time of Boleslav II there

did not also rule any

as Premysl

Bohemian prince such an extensive kingdom

Otakar

II,

nepanoval.

immediately after the death of his father Wenceslaus,

Observe

the

ten-

dency of Bohemian (and the

Slavonic

languages

See
risi,

p. 29.

genitive because

of the negative going before.

gener-

the
to
incorporate
negative with the verb.
ally)

zddny.
rozsdhle

po

smrti.

See rules for

use of prepositions.

the

SELECTED PASSAGES
Toliko Luzice dostala se brzy

129

po nastoupeni Otakarove na

delli

cas od Cech, udelena

byvli od neho v leno markrabi Brandenburske'mu Ottovi co veno sestry Premyslovy, vsak
takjjak se zdd

za pomoc poskytnutou v minule vdlce s

Uhry.

Soon only Lusatia remained,

after the accession

of Otakar,

for a longer time

apart

from

it

as

from Bohemia, having been separated

of the Marquis of Brandenburg, Otho, and

fief

a dower for the sister of Pfemysl, as appears, for assistance

furnished in the past war with the Hungarians.
brzy, another

form of

na

Cf. in with accu-

delsi cas.

brzo.

sative in Latin.

udelena, past part. pass.

byvsi, past part, of
v Uno, infeodum.

seems

gives itself

poskytnutou, accus. of past part,

of poskytnouti.
The past
the
of
2nd
parts,
conj.

generally ends in

byti.

the

nym

teto

(lit.

forth).

two

gefiirchtet

Prekdzky

such expressions

as co pan, as master.
se zdd,

Cechy, occurring as the name

of the country in a plural
form.
See p. 15.

Cf.

as.

co,

forms

/.
cf.

For
Ger.

and geschrieben.

nebylor ano zddlo se nektery casf jakoby se

mlla rise nemeckd na vzdy rozpadnouti.

This impediment now did not exist, but

German empire would fall to pieces for

the

tcto,

gen. of

Observe the

ten.

of

tendency
languages to

the

suffix this in-

tensive particle

For Russian

giiage, p. 158.

Slavonic

1
.

See

p. 27.

it

seemed once as

if

ever.

jako-by, the suffix by being

the sign of the conditional

mood.
mlla.

see Sobolevsky, Lectures

Cf. the future significa-

on History of Russian Lan-

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

130

tion of miti, like our

to

do

rozpadnouti.

Deli

'

have

roz

it.'

in

See the force of

se svltlymi vlasy,

composition
the

nouti,

pad-

momentaneous

aspect or perfect aspect

modryma otima a

of.

svlllou pleti.

Children with light hair, blue eyes, and light complexion.

deti,

For

irreg. plur. of dity.

with

the use of the dual adjective

dual

the

euphony, see

Strana jeho v Nemctch nepokusila

se

ant

noun

for

p. 14.

volbu

noveho

krdle.

His party

in

the election of a

Germany made no
new king.

Nemec, Germany, from Nemci

the

Germans),

(lit.

Observe

try.

tive

the

negacompounded with the

Strana papezskd,
otec jeho,

predtim
byla vlak mala.

man-

ner.
o,

prep, with the accus., con-

cerning.
krdl> king.

For the derivation

of this word, see p. 83.

byl Otakar jako

k Vilemovi hollandske'mu, jehoz moc

nejmocnefsi hlavou

jejiz

znala

verb in the Slavonic

name

of the inhabitants being

used for that of the coun-

further attempt concerning

se

The papal party, of which the most powerful head was

Otakar, as his father before this, identified itself with William
of Holland, whose power was altogether little.
sign of the superlative.
hlavou, pred. instr.
nej,

die moznosti.

As

far as possible.

znati se ku, to be

on the

side

of; to identify itself with.

SELECTED PASSAGES

131

Nlkolikjinych knizat nlmeckych.

And some
nekolik,

other

German

princes.

an adverb of quantity,

See

knizaf, gen. plur. of knize.

nouns of the

takes

the genitive after it.

Cf. the Lat. parum sapien-

word

is

/-stems.

The

connected with the

Gothic kunings.

tiae.

Potom pak porazili Prulany v

bitvl kterouz zastraseni vlichni

nejprednefsi z lidu dali se pokrestiti.

After this they also defeated the Prussians, by which all the
having been terrified, gave themselves to

chiefs of the people,

be baptized.
zastraseni, past

to

zastrasiti,

serve

Za

the

such a way

part. pass, of

Ob-

terrify.

used

active

kterou% pricinou

the use of

in

to

avoid

passive

in

krestiti.

Konrad prijil k

For which cause Konrad came

prijil,

as
the

to

riemu do Prahy.

him

from prijih, to journey.

to Prague.

See irregular verbs.

Vseho lidu jeho bylo 100,000, mezi nimiz *j,ooojezdcu ceskjch

od hlavy az do paty odlnych v

Of

zelezo.

whole people there were 100,000, among which were

Bohemian
7,000
horsemen, clad in armour from head to foot.
his

Observe the idiom

bylo

men-

pata,

s.f.,

heel.

tioned on p. 63.

Blizl vpadu

Near the

Moravy do Dunaje.
fall of the Morava into
K

the Danube.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

132

JVebe bylo z pocdtku toho dne zakaleno ;

Jiez

torn

vysvililo

slunce z oblaku a trpytila se korouhev svattho Vdcslava jasne

nad

zdstupy.

The heaven was

at the beginning (lit. from the beginning) of

but meanwhile (or in it) shone forth the sun
from the clouds, and the banner of St. Venceslaus fluttered

that

day troubled

clearly over the bands.

Cf.
explaining the gender.
a masc. diminutive.

zakaliti, v.a., to trouble.

oblak,

s.m.,

which

cloud

(lit.

that

drawn over someand thus we may

is

thing,

compare

with

it

the

korouhev,

s.f.,

trpyt-eti

the flag, banner.

of

Tatar

origin.

from the Gothic hrunge.

slunce, s.n., the sun, the ce

really a diminutive

being

reflexive

like horeti,

the adjective.
nad, prep., upon.
zdstupy,

from

zdstup,

band, a crowd

s.m.,

instrumental.

se toto predsevziti.

But on account of the wet winter

it

was not possible

on account

nezdarilo.

verb

compounded

with negative, zdariti.

of.

Statsrieji nez

posavad prespival ve svych snahdch.

fortunately than before succeeded in his efforts.

nez,

to

it.

pro, with accus.,

More

here in the

and thus

Ale pro mokrou zimu nezdarilo

undertake

to burn.

Miklosich, however, derives

it

to shine

of
jasne, ordinary termination
the adverb; derived from

Russ. xopyraL. a word

probably

se,

verb, 3rd conj.

Lat.

nubes).

Cf.

otec,

put after the comparative.

Cf. Russ.

SELECTED PASSAGES

m pravo vyhradne

Voleni cisaru poklddalo se od riektereho casu

jen sedmi

knizat, kteH zastdvali dedicne

133

tolikero

hstnych uradu

rihkych.

The

election of the emperors

depended

exclusive right of only seven princes,

tary

number of honourable

officials

depended on

poklddati se za;

Mezi Rudolfem a
uvalena

casu,

klatba papezskd,

nimiz

the

a non- Slavonic word

borrowed

from

the

Ger.

Reich (vide supra).

knizaty stdlo se hned usnesem', ze vlecka

uprdzdnend od

posud, s

some time on

of the realm.

risskjtch,

of numerals, p. 22.
tolikero, formed on the analogy
of the collective numerals.

risskd

for

constituted the heredi-

knizat, gen. plur. of knize.

See rule about use

sedmi.

who

co

le'na

na cisare Fridricha II byla

mela povdzovana byti za uprdzdlnd

naloztti die usnesem s kur-

krdli sluselo

by

firsty.

Between Rudolph and the princes a compact had already

all fiefs released from the time when the

been made that

interdict (or ban) of the Pope was laid upon the Emperor
Frederick should be regarded as released till the King should
treat with them according to the compact made with the
electors.

uprdzdnend,
fern.,

mela

past

part.

byti,

should be.

Papez Rehor X,
stranama,

uznal

idiomatic use of miti.

pass.

from uprdzdniti.

sluselo,

See the

from

it

was

fitting,

stave se nejprve za prostredka

konecne

Rudolfa

becomin;

slusiti.

mezi oblma

Habsbursktho za praveho

krdle.

Pope Gregory X, having made himself

at first

a mediator

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

134
between the two

sides, finally

recognized Rudolf of Habsburg as

the right king.

stave,

past part. act. of sldti

here,

obema stranama.

of

employment

se.

Observe the

now

dual

the

almost obsolete

see p. 14.

Pro/2 tolikerym neprdtelum Otakar mil jedintho spojenec.

Against so
tolikery,

many enemies Otakar had one

so many.

Prohz

opozdil

Rakousy v rukou

se,

a nez

se

ally.

spojenec, s.m., ally.

k nepriteli priblizil byly jiz

cele

jeho.

On

which account he delayed, and when he drew near the

enemy all Austria was in his power.
Rakousy, another form of the

Bohemian name

Cf. dechy, &c.

for Austria.

Svolil i ke zmenseni vena neves ty syna sveho se 40,000 hriven

na 10,000, ve kterych misto leve'ho pobrezi Dunaje v Dolnich
Rakousich melo jemu postoupeno byti v zdstavu toliko Chebsko.

He

consented also to the decrease of the dower of the bride

of his son from 40,000 hrivnas to 10,000, in addition to which,

instead of the left bank of the Danube as a guarantee, only
the district of Cheb would be given up to him.
svoliti ke, to

hrivna,

s.f.,

consent

mark

aut

to.

(lit.

a chain

or necklace, from the ancient

custom of using such

money). Miklosich, sub

compares

the

for
voce,

passage

in

Caesar, 'utuntur (Britanni)

acre

aut taleis ferreis

ad cerium pondus examinatis

misto,

numo/

pro

an

adverb used

preposition.

pobrezi, s.n., the

prep.,

and

as

Cf. Russ. M^CTO.

bank

breJi).

(fr.

po,

SELECTED PASSAGES
Cheb

Chebsko, the district of

135

melo

jemu postoupeno byii. Cf.

the idiomatic uses of miti,

celebrated as

(Ger. Eger\
the place at which Wallen-

already alluded

to.

was assassinated.

stein

Studiemi temi zabyval se ve 20 az 24 roce veku sveho, drive nez

se dejepisu ; a
jeste na sklonku zivota sve'ho vyzndval se

oddal

zdlibou o dotcene'm vyroku Baconovl.

He

occupied himself with these studies in the twentieth

till

the twenty-fourth year of his age, before he gave himself

up to
history ; and still at the close of life he confessed a propensity
for

with a love concerning) the previous-mentioned saying

(lit.

of Bacon.

busy oneself.
of rok, a year,

the

being the termination of

See

zabyvati
roce,
-e

to

se,

nom.

Palacky

vedle

nom.

plur.

of

nouns

signifying inanimate things.

plur.

p. 7.

Safarika byl nejhorlivejsim obrdncem slovanuv

naproti nevrazivosti

mnohjch spisovatelu nemeckych, kleri svuj

ndrod vyndseji vysoko nad slovansky, jakoby tento byl plemenem
sprostlim, samou prirodou ustanovenym k nevzdelanosti a k porobl.
Palack/, next to Safafik, was the most zealous defender of
Slavs against the hostility of many German writers who

the

extol their people high above the Slavonic, as

if

meaner race, destined by nature

and slavery.

want of culture

vedle, prep.,

vyndseji,

fr.

vyndleti (vyne'sti),

exalt.

the

See

p. 1 3

of the nominative was.

originally a nasal,

and

the latter

was

explains the -n in the de-

takes genitive.

ple'ml (also plemeno).

herself to

this

clension.

Cf. Russ. speMH,

and Polish

imig.

sprosfsi,

comparative,

sprosty.
ustanoviti, to destine.

from

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

36

Nejprve vydal po

r.

1630

spis

Brdna jazykuv

sestavil

mnoho

dellich,

tykajicich se veci takovych jez

tisic

vltipiti se

mysli

otevrena v

nlmr

slov v tetnych vltdch s potatku kratlich,

pak

pro svou zajimavost mlade

mohly.

he published in the year 1630 a work, The Gate of

Languages Opened, in which he put together many thousand

At

first

words, belonging to numerous things, at the beginning shorter,

then longer, having to do with things of such a nature as on

account

of their

could be planted in young

attractiveness

minds.

See pre-

vy-dal, he published.

positions used in composi-

dellich,

Observe use of prepo-

tion.

plur.,

sition po, with date.

veci,

otevriti, to open.

mnoho

See

gen. plur.

Nez ani

dlouhy.

of tykati

se,

to concern.

gen. plur. of vie,

s.f.,

thing.

tisic is

tisic ;

comp. of

tykajicich, pres. part., gen. case

mohly, past tense, plur., from

here the

moc, to be able.

p. 9.

v torn oboru nesklddaly se knihy

mnoze jen spisy potrebdm lidu

vedecke',

obecne'ho urcene', vice

nybrz na

preklady nez

spisy puvodni.

But no learned books were composed in that period, but

the most part only writings destined for the use of the
people, rather translations than original works.
ani, not

ndm,

even
1

him; ani
I

shall

as ani ho nez-

do not even know

tolik

not

vd?ti

give

neddm,

you even

so much.

na mnoze,

for the

urciti, v.a., to
vice, rather,

most

part.

appoint, destine.

adv.

vedeckem baddni nebylo nikdez ani pamdtky.

Of

scientific investigation there

for

common

was never a thought.

(Observe that two negatives do not

make an

affirmative.)

SELECTED PASSAGES
Prifdhl az k Marcheku

bliz

slavneho

137

bojilte

nekdy Kressen-

brunnskeho.

He

directed his

march

to

Marchegg near the once celebrated

battle-ground of Kressenbrunn.
pritdhl, for pritdhnul, the syl-

nu being omitted. See

remarks on p. 4. Cf. Russ.
norac-L, he has expired, and
az

-iste,

a favourite termination

the

Slavonic

lable

in

other similar words.

place in which a
This terminaoccurs.
thing
tion in the western Slavonic

k,

up

to,

as far as.

languages

the

alternates

languages

used as a prep., near.

s.n., the field of battle

bltz, adv.,

bojilte,

for

with

-arna, as kavarna, a coffee-

house.

Ten poznav krdle, vykonal, na nem pomstu, na bezbrane'm,

zbodav jej s jinymi tovaryli svymi, tak ze zahynul ranami asi
sedmndcti.

He, having recognized the king, wreaked upon him his vengeance, unarmed as he was (lit. upon the unarmed man), having
stabbed him with his other companions so that he died with
about seventeen wounds.
to

zbodati,

stab,

past

part.

sedmndcti.

See

rule

about

numerals, p. 22.

active.

Pordzka Cechu by la uplnd, nebo padlo jich na bojisti 12,000,

zejme'na nemanzelskj syn Otakaruv Mikulds,

jini zajati, jakoz

jinych mnoho utonulo v rece Moravl.

The

defeat of the

them on the

Bohemians was complete,

for there

fell

of

Others were taken, as

the
of
Nicholas ; many of the
son
Otakar
especially
illegitimate
others were drowned in the river Morava.
zajati,

field

taken,

part. pass,

of

of battle 12,000.

originally
zajiti.

past

to take,

but used as a simple adjecand the verb za-jiti is

tive,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

38

supplied by the other aspects

zajimati and zajmouti.
utonuti, n.v., to be drowned,
from a root /op, the p having

dropped

CLpolopa, the

out.

deluge.
rece,

observe the change of k

into c before

e.

Vojsko jeho pdlilo vsi a mlstecka bezbrand a konalo vselike'

ukrutnosti.

His soldiery burnt the

towns, and committed
vsi,

nom.

plur. of ves.

bezbranny,

adj.,

to

bring

root

undefended.

commit ( lit.
to
an end'), from

Obrdncu zddnych v zemi

poddali

little

kon.

Cf.

konec,

an

end.

to

konati,

and the undefended

villages

kinds of cruelties.

all

vseliky, adj.,

ukrutnost,

of

s.f.,

all

kinds.

cruelty.

nebylo, aniz vedel kdo jine rady, nez

se vitezi.

in the country, nor did any one

other counsels than to submit to the conqueror.

There were no defenders

know any

m. (root bran, as in

obrdnce,

one/ besides being interCf. Russian use

rogative.

bezbranny).

For zddnych see note on

of KTO.

p. 29.

aniz, not even.

conqueror, supposed to
be from Norse viking.

vitlz,

kdo, also used to express

'any

Kdyz po smrti Maty die,

zbourila strana stavuv ceskych na

trun povolala Fridricha Falcke'ho, mnll Lomnicky, ze s vlky vyti

treba, i jal se krdle jaloveho oslavovati
chatrou nemale'ho zalibeni dochdzely.

When

at the death of Matthias

Bohemian

States

Lomnicky thought
began

little

ktere

mezi

the rebellious party in the

called to the throne the Palatine Frederick,

howl with the wolves, and

empty king with his rhymes, which
popularity among the mob.

to celebrate

obtained no

rymy svymi

that he ought to

the

SELECTED PASSAGES
tense of mniti, to

mnet, past

See

think.

to,

toti%

vlichni odsouzeni

radnici

mezt,

among,
s.f.

chatra,

den na

Druhy

v nedeli

pdni

dm

instr.

the mob.

20 cervna, pred vecerem

dovezeni na

hradu Prazske'ho

a hi

Siaromesistkou,

rozdilnymi vlzemmi a strdzemi

dne 21, v 5 hodin rdno, udereno

V pondlti pak,

silnymi opatreni.
bylo

in do, takes the genitive case.

howl.

a wolf.

vlk, s.m.,

byli

dochdzeti, to reach, as all verbs

p. 51.

vyti, irreg. verb, to

139

na hrade Prdzske'm z kusu.

On the second day after this (lit. upon this, that is on

Sunday, 2Oth of June), before evening, all the condemned lords
were brought from the castle of Prague to the Town Hall in
the Old Place, and there were kept in different prisons and with

On Monday the 2ist, at five o'clock in the

strong guards.
a
cannon
was fired in the castle of Prague.
morning,
Nedele,

s.f.,

Cerven,

Sunday.

m.,

June

opatreni) past part, pass.,

(lit.

red

month).
odsouzeni,

condemn
of d into
dovezeni,

pondeli, s.m.,

from

odsouditi,

(observe

to

change

0).

from

dove'zti.

imp. verb, to lead, which

must not be confounded

ve'zti,

with
radnice,

vesti.
s.f.,

See
the

irreg. verbs.

Town

Hall.

vezemmi, from vezeni, a prison,

from a verb vezeti, to bind,

which again must be

guished from ve'zti, to

distin-

lead.

from

opatriti, to watch.

delek)

lit.

Monday (or ponthe day after Sun-

day.

pak, then.
5 hodin (from hodind).
serve the construction

Ob;

Russian, the numeral

as in
is

in

the accusative with v, and

takes
after

the

udereno bylo,
struck),
kus, a

gen.

case

plur.

it.

it

from

cannon.

was

fired

uderiti.

(or

READING LESSONS

VINETA
brehfiv

Krajem

1
.

u Pomori chode

rumich Slavic a rozmetu,

Nad Vinetou hledam Vinetu

ruznobarve'

Mesto

more toho vode.

jehoz nekdy cest a lode

Kr^ly celou zemskou planetu.
!

Vyvifi trizube'mu klepetu,

Neptuna

se jeste ke svobode.

Stoleti si vzdorovalo

jen bohove'

te

Danflm,

stacili

Pfemoci, ty mof sk^ Herkulanum

si dvakrat mesto Slavy

Nesfastne'

Pfedne, ze

Pak ze

te

vtip

vlny znicily,

chce

to kfivohlav^.

JAN KOLLAR (1793-1852).

1

The

Bremen.

old Slavonic city in the island of Wolin, mentioned by

(See Schafarik, Slarvische Alterthiimer,

ii.

577-)

Adam

of

READING LESSONS

141

BOHEMIAN LITERATURE UNDER WENCESLAUS

II.

Pilne pokracoval kral Vacslav mezitfm v dflech otce sve'ho

ku pestovanf umeni a nauk. Mezi

stavbami od Karla zacatymi slo pfedse jmenovite stavenf chramu
sv. Vita na hrade Prazske'm vedenim mistra Petra Parldfe,
cisare Karla vztahujicich se

nem

syna jeho Jana. Po dokonani kuru doposud stojise roku 1392 k stavenf vlastniho kostela
a pozdeji veze obracene' proti palaci kralovsk^mu.
Pro ucenf
Prazsk^ zalozil kral Vacslav hned na zacatku sveho panovani

a po

ciho, pfikrocilo

novou

nazvanou die neho, a hlavni kolleji cisare Karla

na Novdm trzisti cili namesti sv. Havla

kollej

vykazal v^tsi dfim

(1383), kdez posud

cinnosti

ceskd.

vedeckd,

Tehdaz

nachazi.

se

jmenovite'

psal rytff cesk^

Doha
na

take

Tomas

i
jinak pnzniva
narodnf literatury

byla

poli

ze Stitndho sva dfimyslna

nauceni kfesfanska, ve kter^ch o neco pozdeji

byl jeho nasledovnikem. Pan Ondrej z Dub^ psal
radii prava zemskeho, mistr Kristan z Prachatfc o vecech
a

rozjimani

Jan Hus

le*ka?sk^ch

Hus

stal

pisu ceske'ho; pismo

do

reci

ceskd

se

take'

nalezcem jednodussiho pravo-

svatd bylo tehoz casu jiz cele prelozeno

v rouse basnicke'm skladal jmenovite pan Smil

Flaska z Pardubic sv^ spisy mravokarne'.

Vplyv

literatury jevil

takd v zivote.
vice

se rostouci

Jiz za poslednich

let

vaznosti jazyka
cisare Karla a

potom za panovani Vacslava zacalo

stavu mestske'ho

se

cesk^ho

mnohem

spisovani

vyssich, t^z zapisovani dulezitejsich

listin

nalezfi

do desk jazykem cesk^m.

Obyvatelstvo cesk^ ve mestech
domahalo se vzdy vice rovneho prava narodnosti sv^ v obci
1
v kostelich; ano i v ucenf Prazskem pocaly se rozepre
mezi narodem cesk^m a druh^mi, kdyz onen, jakozto domacf,
r.
poctem- schopn^ch muzfl vzdy vfce se zmahaje, zacal (od.
v
mfst
rozdelenf
kollejfch.
1384) usilovati o primerenejsi

Domaci dobrodinci obecndho ucenf

zacali z t^hoz

popudu sva

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

142
nadanf k
mistri

ngmu

vyhrazenfm, aby jich licastni byli toliko

ciniti s

Tak

student! cestf.

narodu ceske'ho (mezi

Idty

povstala jmenovitS zlvastnf kollej

1399 a 1405).

V. V. TOMEK, Dlje Krdlovstvi

(Born 1818,

now

Ceske'ho.

Professor at University of Prague.)

THE BATTLE.
Dv

st

Dve

stS tisfc

stoji jako skaly

jako mrak se vstrfc jim

Dvg

stg tisfc

mozkfi v kazd6 strang hoff;

tisfc

muzfl

Ci mrak sdrtf skala,

Ctyf set

tisic

rety

blesk skalu sboff.

ci

ku

vali.

kletbe se Serf

jak ocmi vlkfl jedni druh^ch mgfi.

Mraciv^ch tu vrskfl proti sobS dvS je

A na kazde'm vrsku jeden kral se smgje.

A
A

obou t^ch

vrskfi sklami

pozfrano

kral krali dava tajne dobre' rano.

Tvare

ty se mraci, zraky planou

Ale ruce tisknou v purpurne'm se

zasti,

plasti.

Dva

kralov^ s vrskfl pokynuli dlani

Ctyr set tisfc vzduchem zahucelo zbranf.

Deset

tisfc

vzduchem

zajecelo vzkrikfl

Krali aplauduji jako na muziku.

Na

tisfce

muzfi klesa v prachu s^ru

Dfvaji se krali jako na operu.

Na

stotisfc

Jeden kral

muzu druh^
se smeje

v utek busf,

Dobfe jim

to slusf.

READING LESSONS
se smeje, vyse trim

Jeden kral

Jej kral druh^ prised,

Na

tisice

dv6

stavi

si

slavi.

poklonami

muzfi na plani se vali

kralfi

na zdravi

pije s geneValy.

si

J.

(Born 1845

THE

143

V. SL^DEK.

formerly editor of journal Lumir.}

LIFE OF ST. VOJTfeCH.

Snem zemsk^
Biskup prazskjr Dgtmar umfel 2 ledna 982.
svolan^ o volenf nove'ho biskupa do Leve'ho Hradce (tarn kde
nSkdy Bofivoj I. prvni kresfansk/ v Cechach kostel zalozil),
volil

na jeho

mi'sto Vojtecha,

Cecha, kter^ na takov^

syna

dflstojenstvf

Slavnikova,

pov^sen

prvniho

byl.

to

Dfilezit^

muz

tento nabyl v mladi prvniho nauceni v sidle otcovg, hrade

Libici nad Cidlinou a Labem, od pestouna svelio Radly a z

Potom (asi r.
castky t6z od uslechtiM matky sv6 Strezislavy.
do
slavne
onoho
veku
skoly magdeburskd,
972) poslan byv
svefen jest tarn p^ci prvniho arcibiskupa Adalberta, kter^z otcovsky se ho ujav, jinocha krasne'ho, vedochtiveho i skromn^ho
Za ucitele
brzy tak6 naklonil se srdecnou k n^mu laskou.
m^l tarn Othericha, muzg, ucenosti proslul^ho a v cetych

N^mcich vazen^ho.

mu
i

Kdyz pak na

arcibiskup vlastni

az

sv^

posavad u Nemcfiv

jest, ackoli

knezstvi svecen byl, udelil

jme'no Adalbert, kter^m napotom

a zapadnich Evropcanuv naz^van

Cechove' neprestali jeho jako drive, Vojtechem jmeno-

Po

arcibiskupove smrti (20 cervna, 981) vratil se do (5ech

kdezto zase ta bolest ho potkala, ze mu otec Slavnik tdhoz jgstg

vati.

Vstoupiv tudiz do sluzby pri cirkvi prazske pod

biskupem DStmarem, pfitomen byl i jeho smrti, a slysel posledni
horekovani jeho proto, ze se mu jestS bylo nepodafilo, odvraumrel.

le*ta

titi

je

Cechy ode vsech pohansk^ch povr a

zivotou cistg

kfesfanskdmu.

Litost

nespfisobfiv,
i

nav^sti

horg umirajiciho

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

144

biskupa pronikly hluboce jemnou dui jeho, a staly se volene'mu

kterou fidil se namnoze v potomnfm

namestku pamatkou,
sv^m chovanf.

FRANTISEK PALACKY.
(1798-1876; the celebrated Bohemian

historian.)

LOVE AND DEATH.

Ten klid tak hlubok^,
Jenz d^cha v nader tvojich tiche'm

svar

divok^
Se diva pevne a di bez ustani
Ze jako smrt je siln^ milovani.

Vsak

vlani,

citfi

radost vesela,

d^tinn^ch tv^ch sladk^ch oci

kh'dlem andela

Jez z

svftf,

Ta

Vse' struny srdce

m^ho nechd

Ze laska vecna, vecnd

A
Smrt

jest

jak

zniti

ziti.

klid ten s radosti,

s zitfm

v lasky objimani stalem,

Tot sen je vecnosti,

V nemz s lidskou touhou, nadeji a zalem
Se potkava buh s nasim idealem.
JAROSLAV VRCHLICKY.
(Born 1853.)

STORM AND PEACE.

Bour? a mir
Sneni a

Radost
Peklo

Kveten

Co

vfr,
i

zal

eden,
i

leden

zivot dal!

JAROSLAV VRCHLICKY.

READING LESSONS

145

AN INTERIOR.
Ucinfm prvnf nesmety krok v tomto smeru.

Zde tobolka

meho

hrdiny, pana Alfreda N. Racte nahlednouti

spatrujete
nSkolik oddeleni a v nich nic
zde jedna zvlastni ph'hradka
v nf opet nic
obratime tobolku hrbetem vzhuru, zatfepeme
;

co vypadlo

ji

Nic.

Ostatnf personalia
jiz z

mohu

prazdne'ho livodu.

ted' strucne odbyti.

casti

plynou

Stfhld, skladne* telo

bled^, sniv^ oblicej

a svetobornd myslenky v hlave.
Na

na rtu hofk^ usmev

nohou par odkvetl^ch pantofli, na

tele

zahadnd spodky a

tri

v ruce

dvouloketnf d^mka, z niz se dobyva

posledni vzdech v podobe sindho oblacku, oblacek vystupuje
do vyse, zaokrouhluje se, fantasie vetkava do ngho posledni
ctvrti

kabatu,

krasny obrazek, ten bledne, zhasfna, rozpiy va se

d^mka

A
ale,

oblackem

fantasie vychladly.

jak^ to obrazek rozplynul se

chladnd divky.

Obrazek

d^mem ?

slicne,

Ted' v hlave pusto, jako ve svetnici. Sero zaprada se v

satnice ziva hladem
prazdn^ch koutech
postel snf krasn^
sen o pefinach ; phhradce na knihy styska se po knihach
;

a bida chechta se priserne se vsech stran

Hi, hi
opustil
milenka tebou pohrdla, ale ja te neopustim, hochu muj.
:

svet,

SVATOPLUK CECH.
(Born 1846.)

IN

A STRANGE LAND.

loubf

vinnem v kruhu

pfatel

Zasmusily jinoch dlf;

Touha, smutek v jeho tvafi
Ubledl^ se zreadlf.

te

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

146
'

ty jeste stale tesknfs?'

mu

Df

pritel nejdrazsi

Nemni na domov
Vino

zel

ti

pripij,

rozplasf.

On vsak neslysf, a dalny

Domov jen mu v mysli
'

Prav^ domov

Duch
Coz

ti

jest,

duchu

tvuj

drah/m

jest

kde

tkvf,

shledal,

bratrstvi.

jen mfsto,

Hrstka zeme jen a prach?

Nenahradf ti jich spolek

Rovn^ch

myslf, rovn^ch snah?'

Nenahradf, nenahradi

zem

Miluji ten prach, tu

Kazd

st^blo

hrstf pfidy

Neunavnym plapolem.
S kazdym krem me* srdce srostlo,
S kazdym pramenem muj dech,

Kazd^ kamen

jest

Drazi prateld,

mi svatym.

jsem Cech

ELISKA KRASNOHORSKA.
(Born 1847.)

BOHEMIA AFTER THE THIRTY YEARS' WAR.

A

jakoz panstvo bylo prav^m tyranem poddan^m sv/m, tak

tomu plazilo se v prachu pfed panovnfkem absolutnim,
docela nepametlivo svdho nekdejsiho dulezit^ho postaveni v

naproti

zemi.

Slechta ceska, zcela

se odcizivsi

narodu cizincum za

podnozi slouzfcimu, prijfmala za prikladem Nemcu od cfsarfi

kdezto pred tfm v^ssi
novd titule knf^at, hrabat a baronu
;

slechtic v

Cechach vubec

jen nekter6

toliko

pan

slul, titule

rodiny z ciziny prisle uzivaly.

pak hrabecfho

Vubec panovalo

READING LESSONS

147

ve vyssich stavech takove* bazeni po cizote, jakdho v t6 mire

pred tim nikdy neb^valo. Bohatejsi slechta tdhla se do Vidne,
kdez pnjmy statku sv^ch utracela pri nadherne'm. dvofe cfsar-

od nehoz zahy prijala i mrav a nepekn^ kroj francouzsk^,

kter^ potom i u nizsich stavfi vytiskl pohodlny i slusn^ kroj
ske'm,

starocesk/^.

Co

prostredky nami vylisem

tarn potajf skr^valt
cen^mi
jen
se protestanti, schazejice se ke sluzbam bozim do hor, lesu a
Novf
neprfstupn^ch mist, na oko pak katoliky se cinice.
klasterovd jsou zakladani a mnichy i jeptiskami radu v zemi
dosud neznamych osazovani. Nad jin^ pak rozsifili se v zemi
se

t^ce

nabozenstvf, opanovalo

katolictvf v

ce\6

zemi

zakladajice v cetnych mistech nadhernd koleje a vselijak

obecenstvo k sobe vabice. Oni s velikd casti skolstvi do sv^ch

jesuite*,

rukou

aby hned od mladi na

lid ve smyslu sve'm

nedostatku
svetske'ho
kngzstva, kter/ byl tak
pri
pusobili.
velikf, ze anf vsecky dosavadni fary obsazeny b^ti nemohly,
chodili po venkove co misionan, kazice a po ceskych knihach

privedli,

Tez

slfdice, jez

lidem co kacffsk^ brali a

palili.

Tak

jmenovite

jist^ Konias, jenz umrel teprv roku 1760, chlubiti se obycej mel,
ze on sam jich spalil na 6o ooo.
;

J.

MALY

(1811-1885).

DETAILS OF THE POET KOLLAR.

Slavn^ basnfk Kollar byl skromn^, v chovani svem velice
choti a milen
dcerusce

uctiv^ ke kazde'mu a privetiv^.

Miloval nadseng kvetiny,

az k smrti sve\

byl nezn^ a velice pozorn^.

maM

dite, a

pestoval je

malem

jiz

jsa

1851, poslednimu, kter^ slavil s rodinou

svou,
prekvapiti svou 'pani' a proto prosil vzdy
ochotnou panf Semberovou o pestovanf kvetouci primula veris.
Pod fasnat^m plastdm prinesl sdm od zahradnfka tfi rozkvetld

stedrdmu veceru

r.

chtel mile

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

148

A o mSsic pozdeji
tSsil
se na radost vanocnf.
Kollar rad navste'odpocival v rakvi, ovSnceny vavh'nem
k
rozmluvg
voval
dflverne vlastenecke*
pfftele sve*ho Semberu,
u ktere'ho se casto schazfvali prated cesk^ literatury a umeni.
kvetinky a

vynikajicfch vlastencu a ucencu, spisovatelfl a umelcfi slovansk^ch, nejvice ale cesk^ch, neopominul jeden shledati se s

horliv^m narodovcem Semberou, kter^ kazddho srdecn^ uvftal

Neocekavane casne umrti
a uhostil, jak nejl^pe mozno bylo.
Kollarovo hluboce dojalo tohoto citliv^ho pritele a velik^ho

dobr^m radcem pani Kollarov^ pfi

Kdyz se nahodou dovedel jemnocity
basnfk, ze verny pritel Sembera v rodine rocne slavf v^rocni
den st'astn^ho zasnoubeni sv^ho, venoval k 18. Lednu 1851
ctitele

jeho.

Stal

se

prodeji vzacn^ knihovny.

v^zamnou

basefi.

pfednaseni vycvicena otcem Ludmilka se

do satu Slovenky a vecer s rodici prekvapila 'snoubence/ v tichdm stesti pamatndho dne tonouci. Velikou cenu
ma poeticka pocta ta. Kollar v nf naznacil, ze Sembera Cech
ustrojila

se zasnoubil s

Moravankou, a on sam jako Slovak

se siicastnil pri oslave dne v^rocniho zasnoubeni

(r.

dceruskou

1840).

ZDENKA SEMBEROVA.

PALACKY AND THE FRANKFORT PARLIAMENT.

Die tohoto programmu zachoval se take* Palacky, kdyz ho
doslo pozvani z Frankfurta, aby se ucastnil prfprav k ustrojeni
tomuto pozvani
parlamentu zamyslen^ rise Nemecke'.

obpovedel Palacky dne u. Dubna 1848, ze mu nikterak

vyhovgti nemuze, a to pfedne ponevadz sam nenf Nemec.
'Jsem Cech (pr^) rodu slovanskdho, i se vsim tim nemnoh^m

mam a co mohu, oddal jsem se zcela i na vzdy ve sluzbu

svemu narodu. Tento narod mal^ sice jest, ale od jakziva
zvlastni a sam o sobe stavajfci; panovnfci jeho ucastnili se
od v^kflv ve svazku knizat nemeck^ch, ndrod ale sebe sam
co

READING LESSONS

149

nikdy k narodu Nemeckemu nepocital, aniz take* od jin/'ch

po vsecka stoleli kdy k nemu byl pocitan.' Za druhou pak

do Frankfurta

to polozil ze snahy
jiti nemfize,
k zemdleni ano konecne ke zniceni Rakouska;
kdezto Palack^ z ohledu na drobne narody v techto stranach

pffcinu, proc

ngmecke'

cell

ktere'z

potrebuji

to

sdruzenf,

za

jiste*

uznava, ze kdyby statu

Rakouske'ho nebylo jiz ode davna, musili bychom v interessu

Evropy, ba humanity same priciniti se co nejdrfve aby se

Pfepamatnd toto psani proslulo brzo u pratel i u

nepratel; jednak pnvrzencum Rakouska objasnilo dilsledky

utvoril.

snah nemeck^ch, a jake' stanovisko by m^li zaujmouti naproti

ban Jelacic tahna proti Mad'arum, dal dotcena slova o

nim,

potrebe Rakouska napsati na prapory sve

ktefiz

od

te"

jednak zase toto

vasnivce nemeck^,
doby neustali obsypavati Palackeho hanou a uraz-

objasnenf obojstrann^

situace

podrazdilo

kami nescisln^mi.
JAN KALOUSEK.
(Born 1838.

Professor in University of Prague.)

THE DEATH OF THE BLIND KING AT CRECY.

k

Strojilo se z toho

nove' valce v

Nemcich o

cisarstvi

ale

nez jeste prislo ke skutkfim v poli, vypukla s vetsf silou valka

mezi kralem anglick^m a francouzskym, kteraz se nekolik let
pfedtim zacala o nastupnictvi na francouzske'm trune. Krai
s 500 odenci, i Karel syn jeho
sobe
nepfatelska sesla se u Krescak
opet jej doprovazel. Vojska
v
sv. Rufa (26. Srpna), Cechum
den
ve
Francouzfch
(Cre9y),

Jan

sel priteli

sv^mu na pomoc

nesfastn/, v kteraz

Rudolfovi.

mnoho

Vojsko

jin^ho bylo

se zdrzeti

od

boje,

odraziv utok jejich,

byl nekdy kral Otakar padl v bitve proti

francouzske' bylo umdleno od cesty, a

mu
i

na skodu.

Ale pani francouzsti nedali

na nepritele nerozvazlivg
Kral Jan
spusobil jim porazku.
udefili

zastupem svym pozadu

vidouce pani cetf, ktef i

kteraz
stal

se

nim

tu

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

150
byli,

svuj a

jest
s

na obe
'

aby hledel zachovati zivot

Ale kral, jakkoli slep^

bitva ztracena, radili,

jin^mi nastoupil cestu zpatecni.

oci,

divil

se reel

'

takove'

kral cesky z boje utikal/ dal

by
dvou

Tof bohda nebude,' pravil

sve'ho privazati ku konum

kone

rytifu udatrvfch, pana Jindficha mlade'ho z Klimberka

a Jindricha Mnicha z Basilee, a takto v prostfedku mezi tema
obema hnal do neprftele ; druzf Cechove za nim tarn, kdez se

Tu obkliceni jsouce pffli&nym

hrdinsky bojujice az do smrti.
Padlo padesat panfl a rytffu ceskych, mezi nimi i Kral Jan,
jakozto rytff beze strachu.
Syna jeho Karla, v krut^ seci jiz
bojovalo v nejhustsi smesici.

mnozstvim

nepratel, zahynuli

raneneho odvedli
z boje,

rozkazu otcova nektefi pani proti

aby zachranili zivot dedicovi

the merits of the

jeho

V. V. TOMEK.

[Among

vflli

kralovstvf.

Bohemian language may

justly be

mentioned

capacity of expression, which renders it possible to translate foreign

works with ease.
Hence the Cechs have long been familiar with some
its

of our most important authors.

In 1811 Joseph Jungmann published his

and did a great deal to improve

translation of Milton's Paradise Lost,

He has other great merits as the

language.
History of Bohemian Literatim and of the great Bohemian
Dictionary. About foity years ago a good translation of Shakespeare
appeared by several hands. Versions of Burns^ songs have been published by

the

poetical style of the

author of

Mr. J. V. Sladek, and of Edgar Poe and others by Mr. J. Vrchlicky. As a

specimen of the capacity of the language we append the following version
of the Kitbla Khan of Coleridge, by Mr. J. V. Sladek, which may justly
be styled a totir deforce."]

KUBLAJ CHAN.
VIDENI VE SNU.

Ve Xanadu

dal

nadherne

Chan Kublaj sidlo postaviti

Kde svat^ Alf skrz nezmerne
Tek' sluje v more pTiserne,

Kam

slunce nezasvftf.

READING LESSONS

151

Na

deset mil tak Kme* lany

Tarn zdi a vezmi opasany.

A
V
A
A

byly sady s klikat^mi toky,

kvet kadidlove stromy rozvity
byly lesy star jak hor boky
%
slunecne v nich byly pazity.

Lee ach,

(6

rokle hlube sptyvajfcf

Pres cedru stenu svahu do zelena,

Tak

dive,

svatd,

kouzlem d^chajici

Jak misto pro ddmona,

Kde

pri mesfci

Ikala milujici zena!

jen kdy
rokle v neustalem varu

z teto

Jak zem by tezce odd^chala k zmaru,

Zdroj mohutny co miik hnan ze skaliska

V nem

balvany, jak preryvane tryska,

Se v oblouk

rfti
krupobitf tepem
jako zrni pod mlatcovym cepem;
ob mzik v tyto rojici se skaly

Neb

Se vody svatd feky pozvedaly.

Pet mil tok svaty spav^m proud^m plyne
Se toce v hvozdy, v doly nadhernd ;

Pak v ony sluje lidem nezmerne

s hukotem se v more mrtve fine;
hukotem Chan Kublaj sloucha v dalku

A
A

Jak praotecke' hlasy

vesti valku!

Nadherne'ho zamku stfny

prostred vod se rysuji

Tarn, kde slyset do tisiny
Zffdla hluk i ze sluji.

Byl

to jak zazrak v tech divfi stfedu

Slunecny zamek a

sluje z ledu!

Ja vzacnou pannu u videni

Jsem spatfil jednou, loutnu mela

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

152

To

A
O

Abyssinka byla sniva

na svou loutnu hra a zpiva;
Aborske' to hore pela,

Kdybych v sobe oziviti

Moh' tu hru a pisen zvucnou,
Takou slast to ve nine vznitf,
Ve vzduchu ze hudbou zvucnou
Ten zamek postavil bych zas,
sluje z ledu

Slunecn^ zamek,

Kdo

slysel, zrel

Stfezte se

Hie, zrak

V
A

mu

by

by

jejich jas

vzkrikli v raz

zehne, vlas

kruh omknete

jej

po

rosit^ho pozil

napojil se

medu

mMkem

mu

raje.

vlaje

trikrate

zavrte oci v bazni svatd

Neb

VOCABULARY
A.
a, conj.,

name of

and.

aby, conj., in order that.

ackoli, conj., although.

Adalbert, proper name.

bdsnik, s.m., a poet.

bazem,

enthusiasm

s.n.,

longing

an angel.

anglicky, adj., English.

conj., not at all, nor.
ano, conj., moreover.

am,

fos (or &20), prep., without.

biskup, s.m., a bishop.

blednouti, v.n., to
/#/j7,

blesk, s.m.,

an archbishop.
arcibiskupovy, adj., of or be-

JBohda,

longing to the archbishop.

interj.,

grant.

bojovati) v.a., to fight,

^o/w/,

up

Borivoj)

before.

God

boj, s.m., a battle.

about.
to,

pale.

glitter.

bohaty, adj., rich.

arcibiskup, s.m.,

grow

adj., pale.

aplaudov&ti, v.n., to applaud.

az, conj.,

for.

for.

fifda, s.f., distress.

ale, conj., but.

asi, adv.,

a place, Bale.

bdsnicky, adj., poetical.

absolutni, adj., absolute.

andel, s.m.,

Basilea,

s.f.,

sickness.

name

of a

Bohemian

prince.

&?#r, s.m., a storm.

B.
&?&',

nay, more.
of the governor of

ba, conj., verily

ban, a

title

Croatia.
baron, s.m., a baron.
bdsen, s.f., a poem.

adj.,

of or belonging to

God.
brdti, v.a., to take.

bratrstvi, s.n., brotherhood.

breh, s.m., a shore.

brzo, brzy, adv., soon.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

154
Buh,

God

s.m.,

plur. bohove,

buliti, v.a., to drive, to beat.

bjti,

Cechy, plur.

cW/y,

aux. verb, to be.

C.

s.f.,

cesta,

s.f.,

Cidlina,

cinnosf,

m$,

a journey.

cnu, v.n., to begin;

name

a church.

charsky,

adj., imperial.

dsarstvi,

s.n.,

<:0,

ctitel,

s.m.,

s.m., a

Dan,

a foreign country.
a foreigner, a

</#//,

what

Dane.

v.a., to give.

ddvdii, v.a., to give.

ddvny,

adj.,

of long time; ode

ddvna, a long time ago.

foreignization.

s.f.,

remote.

ddlny, adj.,

s.m.,

rel. pr.,

four.

D.

stranger.
cizota,

num.,

the Empire.

s.m., feeling.

s.f.,

dceruska,

as.

one who honours or

s.f, little

</<?,

c.

daughter.

dech, s.m., breath.

dedic, s.m.,

respects.

an

heir.

s.m., a day.

^to/, card, num., ten.

a record.

fas, s.m., time.

deska,

casny, adj., early.

de tinny, adj., childish.

cast, s.f,

castka,

a part.
a part

s.f.,

ially,

used adverb-

z caslky, partly.

name, a Cech

a Bohemian.

s.f.,

Dltmar,
man.
dilo, s.n

proper

^z?<?, s.n.,

casfo, adv., frequently.

Cech, proper

they

c^//,

^/jr, card,

cillivy, adj., feeling.

cizinec,

adv., purely.

have begun.
Mvel s.f., a quarter,

of a river.

char, the Emperor, Caesar.

cizina,

make.

activity.

s.f.,

value.

s.f.,

f.,

numerous.

conj., or.

ciniti, v.a., to

cely, adj., the whole.

cena,

honour.

^//?y, adj.,
cili,

'/,

Bohemia.

Bohemian, Cech.

adj.,

cest, s.f.,

byvati, aux. verb, to be.

ctrkev,

f.,

Cerven, s.m., June.

gods.

<#//',

name

of a

a work.
a child.

v.n., to say.

divati

se,

to look, to appear.

VOCABULARY
diviti se, refl.

be aston-

to

v.,

ished.

divka,

s.f.,

divoky, adj.,

dlan,

adj., other.

Duba, name

a maiden.

girl,

wonderful.

Duben,

a hand.

s.f.,

up

do, prep., into,

dumystny,

to.

cation.

dobrodinec, s.m., a benefactor.

dustojenstvi, s.n., dignity, rank.

dobry, adj., good.

duverny,

dobyvdti, v.a., to procure.

dfotf,

docela, adv., entirely.

</<9//7z',

</<2////',

to

past

s.n.,

a finishing.

se, refl. v.,

two

dve

dym,
to

ells.

long.

a court.

dychati, v.n., to breathe.

domdci, adj., native.

domdhati

two

dvouloketni, adj.,

<Mr, s.m

tense, dolel.

dokondni,

card, num.,

200.

dvakrdt) adv., twice.

come

to

v.n.,

adj., confidential.

d^,

ste,

to seize.

v.a.,

acute.

adj.,

dusledek, s.m., inference, impli-

period, time.

s.f.,

important.

dule%ity. adj.,

to linger.

dlili, v.n.,

of a place.

s.m., April.

0$#z, s.m., a house.

from.

<//, prep.,

doba,

drobny, adj., small, petty.

druhy,
a

155

be eager

s.m.,

dymka,

smoke.

s.f.,

a pipe.

for, to aspire to.

E.

domov, s.m., home.

doposud, adv.,

still,

up

to

this

time.

Evropa,

doprovdzcti, v.a., to

accompany.

dosavadm,

to that time.

up

adj.,

dosud, adv.,

dothny,

jV<?;/, s.m.,

up

adj.,

European,

proper

name

F\

dovlditiy v.a., to

inform

dove-

dlti se, to find out.

adj.,

name,

above-men-

tioned.

drahy,

proper

Europe.
a European.

to that time.

the

Eden.

s.f.,

dear.

drive, adj., before.

Words beginning with

fantasie,

fardr,

s.f.

fancy.

s.m., a priest, parson.

Francouszy,
francouzsky,
this letter are not of

s. pi.,

adj.,

France.

French.

Slavonic origin.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

156

name

Frankfurt,

of

place,

hrbet, s.m., the

back; hrbetem

vzhuru, inside out.

Frankfort.

hrdina, s.m., a hero.

1
.

hrdinsky, adv., heroically.

general, s.m., a general.

abuse (Ger. Hohn).

name of a Bohe-

s.f.,

Havel, proper

mian

saint.

Herkulanum, s.n., name of a

Herculaneum.
city

a handful.

s.f.,

hrstka,

H.
hana,

hrst,

s.f.,

a handful (diminu-

tive).

humanita,

humanity.

s.f.,

Hus, proper name, often erroneously spelt Huss.

husty, adj., thick.

hlad, s.m., hunger.

hlava,

CH.

a head.

s.f.,

chechtati, v.n., to

hlavni, adj., chief.

take care.

hledeti, v.a., to see,

chlubiti

hluboce, adv., deeply.

hora,

chof

chovdni,

^0;r, s.n., grief, sorrow.

horekovdm,

s.n.,

horeti, v.n., to

horky,

lamentation.

duty, position.

chrdm, s.m., a church.

<r^////, v.a.,

to wish.

I.

/, conj.,

horlivy, adj., zealous.

and,

also.

ideal, s.m., ideal.

hrabl, s.m., a count.

adj.,

a wife.
s.n.,

be eager.

adj., bitter.

hrablci,

s.f.,

fellow, boy.

a mountain.

s.f.,

to boast.

choditi, v.n., to go.

hned, adv., at once.

young

se, v. refl.,

chod, s.m., a path.

hndti, v.a., to drive.

hoch, m., a

laugh loudly.

chladny, adj., cold.

interess,

belonging to a

s.m., interest,

advan-

tage.

count.
,

s.m., a city
'

sense,

the

in its strict

inner

fortified

jako, conj., as.

part/

Found
Grammar,
1

J-

jak, conj., as.

in

no proper Cech words,

its

place being supplied by h

see

VOCABULARY

157

K.

jakkoli, conj., although.

jakoZto, conj., as.

jaky,

kabdt, s.m., a coat.

of what sort.

int. pr.,

jakziv, adv., during

kacirsky,

heretical

adj.,

tence.

kdmen, s.m., a stone.

Jan, proper name, John.

Karel) proper name, Charles.

the
Roman
katolictvi,
s.n.,

jazyk, s.m., language.

jeden, card, num.,

one

alone.

Catholic religion.
kdzati, v.a., to preach.

jednak, adv., partly.

ka%dy, adj., each.

jednoduchy, adj., simple.

name

proper

Jelacic,

of

man.

adv., where.

^&,

where, whereas.

kde%, adv.,

jemnocity, adj., tender-hearted.

jemny, adj., tender.

kdy, adv., when, as.

jen. adv., only.

klepeto, s.n., claw.

jenz,

which.

rel. pr.,

jeptiska,

s.f.,

klaster, m., a

a Jesuit

s.m.,

(some-

times jesovita).
to
jeviti, v.a.,

Jindrich, proper name, Henry.

knihovna,

young man.

true.

go

(past tense

jme'no, s.n., a

jmenovati,

name.

v.a.,

to call.

jmenovite, adv., especially.

a book.

s.f.,

s.f.,

library.

set,

Kolldr^ proper

name

of a man.

Kolldrov, adj., of or belonging

to Kollar.

Kolldrovd,

Mme.

jiZ, adv., already.

priesthood

#&*, s.m., a prince.

yVwy, adj., another, other.

also sure,
jisty, adj., a certain;

to

of a place.

the

s.n.,

(also knezstvo).

kniha,

sla, $!o).

name

Klimberk)

jinak, adv., otherwise.

jiti, v.n.,

a curse.

s.f.,

s.m., peace.

knezstvt,

show.

jinoch, s.m., a

monastery.

klesati, v.n., to sink.

a nun.

still.

jeste, adv.,

jesuita,

(Ger.

exis-

all its

fern,

form of Kollar,

Kollar.

kollej (or kolej),

s.f.,

a college.

konecne, adv., finally.

Konias, proper name of a man.

s.m., a church (Lat. ra-r,

tellum).

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

158

kout, s.m., a corner.

an edge, border.

kraj, s.m.,

krdl, s.m., a king.

krdlovsky, adj.,

lekarsky, adj., of or belonging

to medicine.
les,

of or belonging

le'lo,

s.n.,

krdlovstvz, s.n., a

Libice,

krdsny,

//'</,

kingdom.
handsome.

adj.,

name of a

place,

Cre$y.

of or belonging to

lidsky, adj.,

adj.,

crooked-

headed.
s.m., a dress.

a document.

s.f.,

literature.

literatura,

s.f.,

//'/to/,

sorrow.

s.f.,

a ship.
a leaf (Ger. LauV).
Ludmila, dim. Ludmilka, prolo<f t

tian.

krivohlavy,

(',

s.f.,

loubt, s.n.,

per

name

of a

s.m., a step.

Macfar,

kruty, adj., terrible.

r>'//',

v.a.,

ktery,

rel.

int.

s.m.,

Magyar,

pr.,

who,

which.

Magdeburgski,
longing to

of or be-

adj.,

Magdeburg.

mdlem, adv., a

little

time.

ku, prep., to (also k).

maty, adj.,

little.

kuh, s.m., a horse.

matka,

a mother.

kur, s.m., a quire.

meriti, v.a., to

to

kve'sti, v.n.,

bloom, to flower.

kve/en, s.m.,

may.

kvltina,

a flower.

s.f.,

s.f.,

a flower (dimin.).

s.f.,

0Z&&-, s.m., a

mhtskj,

belonging to the

adj.,

burghers.
mczt, prep.,

among.

mezitirri) adv.,

proper name, the Elbe.

Id ska,

Leden

s.f.,
}

love.

s.m., January.

measure.

month.

mes/o, s.n., a city.

L.
Ztffo,

Hungarian.

to cover, to hide.

and

woman.

M.

kruh, s.m., a ring, circle.

kvltinka,

place.

of a place.

s.m., people.

lis/ma,

a wing.

s.n.,

Frisian, proper name, Chris-

/,

name

the world or to people.

kresfansky, adj., Christian.

kndlo,

a year, summer.

Levy Hradec, name of a

to the king.

Krescak,

wood.

s.m., a

w/7?, adv., in

mtlenka,

s.f.,

meanwhile.

a kindly way.
a sweetheart.

mileny, adj., beloved.

VOCABULARY
milovdni,

love.

s.n.,

?nu/\

poss.

milovati, v.a., to love.

muzika,

mir, s.m., peace.

/!,

mira,

a measure.

s.f.,

159

music.

man.

s.m., a

we.

/wy, pers. pr.,

misiondr^ s.m., a missionary.

mtsfo, s.n., a place.

mysl,

s.f.,

myllenka,

my.

pr.,

s.f.,

thought.
a thought (dim.).

s.f.,

given to a man
taken his M.A.

j/r, s.m., title

who

has

degree at the University.

have.

mtli, v.a., to

mladt,

s.n.,

mlady,

prep., in, on.

nabyti, v.a., to gain, to receive.

young.

upon.

##</, prep.,

monk

vmich, s.m., a

na

ndboztnsfvf, s.n., religion.

youth.

adj.,

N.

also a

man's name.

naddni,
nadeje,

s.n.,

mnftj, v.n., to think about.

nddherny,

mnohoj adv., much.

nadra, plur.

mnohy,

adj.,

mnohtvi,

z0,

much.

Moravanka,

be able.
s.f.,

Moravian

woman.
w0/V,

adj.,
n.,

splendid.

bosom.

nadsenj, adj., enthusiastic.

a multitude.

s.n.,

v.n., to

expectation.

hope.

s.f.,

to look into.

nahlednouti,

v.a.,

ndhoda,

accident, chance.

s.f.,

nahradati,
nachazeti)

v.a.,

v.a.,

to give pleasure.
to find.

nakloniti, v.a., to incline.

s.n., thfe sea.

a notice, a finding.

morsky, adj., of or belonging

to the sea.

nalezce, s.m.,

mozek, s.m., the brain.

namestek, s.m., a successor.

mozno, adv., possibly.

ndmhtf,

mraciti, v.n., to

mraciiy

adj.,

grow

dark.

dark, cloudy.

mrak, s.m., a cloud, darkness.

mrav,

adj.,

censuring

morals.
museti, v.n., to
miissen).

s.m.,

s.n.,

an inventor.
a square or place.

namnoze, adv., frequently.

napo/om, adv., afterwards.
naproti, prep., in opposition to.

napsati) v.a., to write on.

s.m., morals.

mravokdrny,

fl/fz,

narod, s.m., people.

narodnost\

be obliged (Ger.

s.f.,

nationality.

narodovec, s.m., patriot.

ndslednik, s.m., a follower.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

i6o

nastoupiti, v.a., to enter

ndstupnictvi)

s.n.,

upon.
a succession.

nas, poss. pr., our.

naucem,
nauka,

s.n.,

s.f.,

teaching.

science.

navlttvovati)

v.a.,

nazyva/i,
<?<r0,

pr.,

v.a.,

to visit.

name, to

nezndmy,

unwearied, un-

adj.,

(also adv.,

adj.,

unknown.

&//, adj., tender.

call.

o ncco).

pr.,

nothing.

nikdy, adv., never.

nikterak, adv.,

nedostatek, s.m., a deficiency.

z',

by no means.

lower, comp. of w/2^/,

adj.,

low, humble.

nechatt, v.a., to permit.

the best way.

nejlepe, adv., in

life,

resting.

z'dm.

somewhat

irregular

lucky.

neunavny,

naznaciti, v.a., to signify.

v.a., to

s.m.,

nespusob,

immorality (also -zp&sob).

nes/astny, adj., unhappy, un-

navesti, v.a., to bring.

nazvati,

nesmely, adj., timid.

nejvice, adv., especially.

a foot, sometimes leg.

novy, adj., new.
,

s.f.,

nekdejli, adj., former.

O.

nekdy, adv., once.

nekolik, ind. pr.,

some.

o,

some.

nektery, pr.,

NlmeC) proper name, a Ger-

man.

0<for, s.f.,

obecenslvo,

nemecky, adj.,

German.

commune.
s.n.,

0ta:7, adj., communal, belonging to the commune.

adj., forgetful.

an explanation.

nepodariti, v.a., not to grant.

objasneni, s.n.,

nepratelsky, adj., hostile.

objasniti, v.a., to

neprestati, v.n.,

not to leave

off.

nepristupny, adj., inaccessible.

nepntel, s.m.,

a community,

the public.

w^z', see p. 59.

nepamltlivy

prep., concerning, about.

oba, pr., both.

an enemy.

make

clear, to

explain.

objimdm,

s.n.,

an embrace.

obkliciti, v.a., to

surround.

Neptun, s.m., the god Neptune.

obldcek, s.m., a little cloud.

nerozrdzlive, adv., recklessly.

oblicej, s.m.,

nescistny, adj.,

numerable.

uncounted,

in-

a face.

obojstranny, adj., double-sided.

obrdzek, s.m., a picture.

VOCABULARY
v.a.,

obsypavati,

to occupy.

oslava,

v.a., to load.

s.n.,

tion,

a body of

remaining.

Ofakar, proper

of

King

otcovsky, adv., in a fatherly

citizens.

otcuv, adj., of or

od (or 0<), prep., by, from.

way.
belonging to

a father.

to eliminate, get

0/#r, s.m., father.

rid of.

Otheric, proper

odciziti, v.a., to foreignize,

name

of Bohemia.

the popula-

ocekdvati, v.a., to expect.

odbyti, v.a.,

a celebration.

s.f.,

ostatni, adj.,

obyhj, s.m., a custom.

obyvatelstvo,

161

make

ovenW,

v.a.,

name

of a man.

to crown.

strange.
oddatt, v.a., to give up.

P.

oddeleni, s.n., a division, section.

odenec,

soldier

s.m.,

(lit.

man

padesat, card, num.,

clothed in armour).

padnouti (padl-},

odkvetly, adj., faded.

ak, conj., also.

odpoKvati,

v.n., to rest.

odpovedeti,

v.a.,

paldc, s.m., a palace.

pdliti, v.a., to burn.

to answer.

Palacky, proper name of a man.

pamdtka, s.f., a recollection.

odraziti, v.a., to beat off, repel.

odve'sti, v.a.,

to carry off.

odvrdtiti, v.a., to turn

ohled, s.m.,

pamdtnjt, adj., memorial,

away.
a survey, regard.

s.n.,

an eye;

X
na

oko, in

s.m., mister, lord.

j

appearance.
on, pers. pr., he.

panovati,

name, Andrew.

lady,

s.f.,

panovdni,

Ondrej, proper

s.n.,

madam.

a rule.

v.a., to rule.

panovnik, s.m., a ruler.

the government.

onen, pr., that.

panstvo,

opanovati, v.n., to prevail.

pantofel, s.m., a slipper.

opera,

an opera.

s.f.,

oplt, adv.,

v.a.,

name

of a place.

parlament, s.m., parliament.

ParUrt, proper name.

to omit.

opustiti, v.a., to desert.

osazovati, v.a.,

s.n.,

Pardubice,

again.

opominouti,

me-

morable.

ochotny, adj., willing.

0/0,

fifty.

v.n., to fall.

//&,

to found.

s.f.,
,

care.

s.n., hell.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

162
pekny,

pohansky,

adj., beautiful, lovely.

perina,

s.f.,

a feather bed.
personal

personalia^

effects

(humorously borrowed from

s.m., foster-father

or

tutor.

encouragement,

s.n.,

taking care
pcstwati,

pohrdati,

v.a.,

v.a.,

to despise (past,

pohrdl\
pokratovati,

/>#&, s.n.,

v.a.,

to advance.

v.n., to

pokynouti,

phtovdnf,

(Lat.

poklon, s.m., a bow, a salutation.

the Latin).
plsloun,

Pagan

adj.,

paganus).

beckon.

field.

polo&ti, v.a., to lay

of.

to handle.

pomoc,

down.

assistance.

s.f.,

pevne, adv., certainly, clearly.

Pomori, s.n., the coast-land,

Pomerania.

ptlne, adv., busily.

porifoadS, conj., because.

Petr^ proper name, Peter.

ptti, v.a., to drink.

popud, s.m., an incentive.

poraZka, s.f., a defeat.

a plain.
planeta, s.f., a planet.
pldpol) s.m., a flame.

posavad, adv., up to the present time (same zsposud).

poslati, v.a., to send.

/>//, m., a cloak.

posledni, adj., the last.

plaziti, v.n., to crawl, to creep.

postaveni, s.n., a position.

pt'smo, s.n.,

plan,

a writing.

s.f.,

to

plniti, v.a.,

fill.

postel,

plynouti, v.n., to flow, to

po,

prep., after, on,

pofat,

s.m., a

swim.

about.

number, calcula-

tion.
pocitati, v.a., to

reckon.

honour.

s.f.,

/0</, prep.,

under.

poddani, s.m., subject.

podn6$t s.f., a footstool.
podoba,

till

the present time.

potajf, adv., secretly.

poikati, v.a., to reach, to

come

upon.

pociti, v.a., to begin.

pocta,

a bed.

s.f.,

/oji/, adv.,

s.f.,

podraditi

a likeness.
v.a., to irritate.

poeticky, adj., poetical.

potkdvdti,

v.a.,

to meet.

potom, adv., afterwards.

potrUa, s.f., need.
potrebovati)

need
povaha,
povera,

v.a.,

to

stand

of.
s.f.,
s.f.,

peculiarity.

superstition.

povstati) v.n., to rise up.

povyletwati)

v.a.,

to raise.

in

VOCABULARY
pozadu, prep., behind.
pozde, adv., late

prijiti, v.a., to take.

comp.

prtklad, s.m., example.

prikrociti, v.a., to begin.

pozdeji,

later.

pozirdti, v.a., to look at, to gaze.

pozorny,

adj., attentive.

pozvdni,

s.n.,

ph'tisny,

a summons.

s.

pi.,

excessive, very,

adj.,

great.

primer eny,

adj.,

prine'sti, v.a., to

prach, s.m., dust.

Prachalice,

163

name

of a

corresponding.
bring.

pripiti, v.a., to drink.

the preparation.
a
friend.
s.m.,

priprava,

place.

s.f.,

pramen, s.m., a spring.

prapor, m., a flag, colours.

pritomn$,

adj., present.

praviti, v.n., to say.

privdzati,

v.a.,

pravopis, s.m.,

pravy,

pritel,

orthography.

privltivy, adj., friendly.

adj., true, right.

prdzdny,

adj., useless,

Prazsky,

adj.,

privrzenec, s.m., a supporter.

empty.

priznivy, adj., favourable.

of or belonging

/r0, prep., for.

to Prague.

/r&/, prep., before.

predndseni,

s.n.,

^r^r,

of

account

prodej, s.m., a sale.

predne, adv., at

programm,

first.

predtim, adv., before

prekvapiti, v.a.,

v.n.,

to

have

prosluly, adj., celebrated.

the

prostredek, s.m., the middle.

prostredky, prep.,

a cause.

Protestant^ s.m.,

priciniti, v.a., to cause.

prep.,

prijem, s.m., the revenue.

prijimati, v.a., to take.
prijiti, v.n., to

cele-

brated.

at.

s.f.,

become

proslouti, v.n., to

superiority.
prep.,

a programme.

prositi, v.a., to ask.

this.

to surprise.

prelozitt, v.a., to translate.

premoci,

s.m.,

pronikati) v.a., to penetrate.

predse, adv., before.

pricina,

on

conj.,

what.

bringing, offer-

ing.

/>rz',

to fasten.

privlsti, v.a., to bring.

come

to;

among.

a Protestant.
opposite

to,

against.
adv.,

on that account,

because.

past

prvni, ord. num.,

part, prisly.

first.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

164

prj, as they say (see explanation in Grammar).

psani,

rodma,
rok,

a writing, document.

s.n.,

pusobiti,

to

v.a.,

make,

have

roucho, s.n., clothing, form.

rozdeleni, s.n., a division, distri-

bution.

effect.

pusty, adj., desert.

rozepre,

R, &.
raciti, to

wish

so good,

s.n.,

rozkaz, s.m., an order.

imp. ratte, be

a quarrel.
meditation.

f.,

rozjimdni,

do me the

favour.

rozkveily, adj., full-blown.

what

rozmet) s.m.,

rad, s.m., an order.

rozmluva,

raditi, v.a., to advise.

rozplasiti,\.'&., to

rddce, s.m.,

an

name

rakev,

s.f.,

of a man.

Rakousko,

Rakousky,

&,

s.f,

ret, s.m.,

melt,

to

rozplyvati) v.n., idem.

extend.

rozsirili, v.a., to

adj.,

Rudolf, proper name, Rudolph

of Habsburg.

wound.

morning.

7?/j proper name, Rufus.

ruka,

of folds.

language.
a lip (rfu).

s.f.,

to

of or belonging

riditi, v.a., to
rile,

v.n.,

s.n.,

adj., full

rasnaty,

frighten away,

Austria.

raniti, v.a., to
s.n.,

rozplynouti,

joy.

to Austria.

r<20,

conversation.

overflow.

a coffin.

s.f.,

s.f.,

banish.

adviser.

Radla, proper

thrown

is

away, rubbish.

rdd, adj., glad.

radost,

abbrevia-

rovny, adj., equal.

purple.

adj.,

(sometimes

by the

tion r.).

the earth, the ground.

s.f.,

purpurny,

year

s.m.,

denoted

psdti, v.a., to write.

puda,

a family.

s.f.,

guide.

s.f.,

a hand.

s.m., a ruin.

',

v.n., to

grow.

ruznobarvy, adj., rose-coloured.

rytir, s.m., a kni

an empire, kingdom
S.

(Ger. Reich).
prep., from, gen. with instr.

rocne, adv., yearly, every year.

,r,

rod, s.m., a race.

sdm,

s.m., a parent.

pr., himself,

&c.

sboriti, v.a., to destroy.

VOCABULARY
sdrtiti, v.a., to

crumble, break.

sdrv&eni, s.n., association, con-

federation.
se,

refl.

and

slaughter.

sejiti se,

to

come

v. refl.,

gather

schopny,

search

follow

to

come

fre-

Slovak, s.m., a Slovak.

Slovansktf, adj., Slavonic.

adj., suitable.

Slovenka,

truly (Ger. sicker).

residence.

a Slovak

s.f.,

sluliti, v.n.,

to occur, happen,

suit.

silny, adj., strong.

slulny, adj., suitable.

sluzba,

.r&z/tf, s.f.,

j/a&' w,

a rock.

sklddati, v.a.,

s.n., glass.

skromny,

adj.,

modest.

skryvati,

v.a.,

to hide.

service.

v.n., to

laugh.

smer, s.m., object, tendency.

sme-sice, s.f., confusion.

compose.

sklddny, adj., symmetrical.

j/0,

s.f.,

slysett, v.a., to hear.

situation.

to

name

-5*70*7,

proper

jTtf/-/,

s.f.,

smutek, s.m., grief.

of a man.

death.

skutek, s.m., action.

smysl, s.m., inclination.

sladky, adj., sweet.

snaha,

Sldva,

s.f.,

the goddess of the

Slavs (a deity invented

by

Kollar).

Slavia,

s.f.,

.ra&tfz,

an imaginary name
all coun-

s.f.,

an

effort.

s.m., congress.

snlni, s.n.,
,ro#*',

given by Kollar to

woman.

a word.

slovo, s.n.,

strength.

s.f.,

up, to

for.

siny, adj., blue.

situace,

of a

slouziti, v.a., to serve.

v.n.,

sidlo, s.n., seat,

sila, s.f.,

to

v.a.,

sliditi,

to

quently together.

sice, adv.,

name

slicny, adj., beautiful.

together.
schdzivati,

brate.

slepj, adj., blind.

to find.

shledatz, v.a.,

spoken.

to praise, to cele-

slavnj, adj., celebrated.

together.

a dream.

se,

is

man.

sem, adv., hither.

schdzeti

language

Slavnikov, proper

persons.

sec, s.f.,

sen, n.,

which a Slavonic

in

tries

slaviti, v.a.,

of both numbers

pr.

all

165

dreaming.
dream.

v.n., to

snivy, adj., dreaming.

snoubenec,- s.m., a betrothed.

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

66

soufastniti, v.a., to give a share

in.

burn.

spdliti, v.a., to

spatrovati, v.a., to

survey.

strucnl, adv., briefly.

a string.

sir una,

s.f.,

styskdti

se, v.n.,

to trouble one-

to be anxious about.

self,

spis, s.m., writing.

jz;r, s.m.,

spisovdni, s.n., the writing.

svatf, adj., holy (abridged as sv.)>

spisovatel, s.m.,

an author.

spusobiti,

to

v.a.,

assist,

strife, agitation.

svazek, s.m., a confederation.

con-

sveriti, v.a., to entrust.

jW/, s.m., the world.

tribute to.

to consecrate.

srdce, s.n., heart.

svetiti, v.a.,

srdecne, adv., heartily.

svetnica,

srdecni, adj., hearty.

svetoborny, adj., gathered

stale, adv.,
j/fl/j/,

grow.

svltsky,

to grant.

j/<z#/z', v.a.,

continually.

starohsky, adj., Old Cech.

stdt, s.m., State government.
j/<z/z', v.n., to stand.
stati se, v.n. to begin,

svoboda,

to shine.

s.f.,

liberty.

svuj, poss. pr., his.

syn, s.m., a son.

s.

become.

&z/, s.m., dress.

stdvati, v.n., to stand, to be.

satnice,

a building.

s.f.,

stavent, s.n., idem.

siaviti, v.a., to place.
j//<5/<?,

s.n.,

stoleti, s.n.,

stalk.

a century.

card, num., one hundred thousand.

stotisic,

struck, s.m., fear.

strana,

s.f.,

strojiti, v.a.,

side, country.

to get ready.

world,

as opposed to regular.

stav, s.m., rank.

stavba,

the

also secular clergy

svititi) v.n.,

a standpoint.

of

adj.,

worldly

adj., fixed.

stanovisko, s.n.,

from

the world.

Srpen, s.m., August.

srusti, v.n., to

a room.

s.f.,

s.f.,

a cupboard where

clothes are kept.

Semberova, feminine form of the

surname Sembera.
serttt, v.n., to

look gloomy, stern.

sery, adj., gray.

skoda,
skola,

s.f.,
s.f.,

disadvantage.
a school.

skolstvri, s.n.,

a system of edu-

cation.
slechta,

s.f.,

nobility.

VOCABULARY
llechtic, s.m.,

slouti,

Gk.

a nobleman.

be called

to

v.n.,

z',

and Lat.

aKouetf, K\veu>,

happy.

Itedry,

bountiful

adj.,

vecer,

stedry

Strezislava,

of a man.

proper name.

s.f.,

the pocket.

s.f.,

only.

drowned.

stihly^ adj., slender.

name

student, s.m., a student.

touha, s.f., longing.

/n, card, num., three.
trizuby, adj., having three teeth.

trun, s.m., throne.

a square.

trziste, s.n.,

T.
tdhnouti,

v.a.,

to

tudiz, adv., thence.

draw

(also

/z>flr, f.,

countenance.

tvuj, poss. pr., thy.

tdhovati).

pers. pr., thou.

/afne, adv., secretly.

ty,

/a^< conj., also.

tykati

tako, conj., so.

tyran, s.m., a tyrant.

U.

/#/&, conj., so.

tarn, adv., there.

z/,

now.

adv.,

/^, dem.

ticastmti, v.a.,
ticastny, adj.,

pr., this.

teprv, adv.,

first.

z/^/zf, s.n.,

to enjoy oneself.

teskniti, v.n., to lament,

be heavy.

tez, conj.,, also,

/z'^j/, adj.,
tistCj

quiet.

card, num., a thousand.

tisknouti, v.a., to squeeze.

/?'/#/,

s.m.,

title.

among.

a pale manner.
to take a part in.

partaking
ucenec, s.m., a scholar,

body.

tesiti se, v.n.,

prep., by, at,

ubledle, adv., in

tehddz, adv., then.

telo, s.n.,

to concern.

se, refl. v.,

takovj, pr.. such.

/<?dP,

to

Tomds, proper name, Thomas.

be
tonouti, v.n., to sink, to

happiness.

proper

fast,

particle, that.

toliko, adv.,

Christmas Eve.

Itlsti, s.n.

Stitny,

to,

lobolka,

stdstny, adj.,

remain

to

v.n.,

stick.

(cf.

audire).

167

utmost,

instruction.

s.f.,

initi) v.a.,

&/, s.m.,

in.

learning.
to

make.

a teacher.

uctivy, adj., polite.

udatny, adj., brave.

udeliti, v.a., to

give.

communicate,

to

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

i68

udlriti, v.a., to attack.

uhostiti, v.a., to entertain.

umdleny,

^^men^, s.n.,

s.f.,

war.

Christmas (Ger. Weihnacht).

weary.

adj.,

umelec, s.m., an

vdlka,

vdnocni, adj., of or belonging to

to take.

ujiti, v.a.,

vah'ti, v.a., to roll.

artist.

knowledge.

vasnivec, s.m., a passionate or

irritable person.

umirati, v.n., to die.

vavrin m., laurel.

umriti, v.n., idem,

vaStti, v.a., to value, respect.

umrti,

va&nosf

death.

s.n.,

urd%ka,

s.f.,

an attack.

usilovatt, s.n., to exert oneself.

noble-minded.

ullechtilfy adj.,

usmev, s.m., a smile.

ustdni, s.n., ceasing

tistrojeni, s.n.,

importance.

a thing.

s.f.,

z;*&r, s.m., evening.

s.f.,

eternity,

z'^wy, adj., eternal.

vldecky, adj., of or belonging

unceasingly.
ustati, v.n.. to

wfc,

vttnosf,

bez ustdni,

s.f.,

ve, prep., in.

grow weary.
organization.

to dress.
ustrojiti, v.a.,

to learning, scientific.
vedeni, s.n., direction.

vedochtivj,

adj.,

utikati, v.n., to fly

away.

velice, adv., very.

utrdceii, v.a., to lose.

veliky, adj., great.

v.'a.,

to create.

uvitati, v.a., to

welcome.

w</, s.m., introduction.

uzivati, v.a., to

uznavati,

employ.

v.a.,

to

recognize,

venkov, s.m., the country.

venovati, v.a., to dedicate.

verny, adj., true.

vesmh,

adv., altogether.

vetchy, adj., old.

vetkavati, v.a., to twine, wreath.

acknowledge.

z$#,

V.

i,

s.f.,

a tower.

adv.,

more.

name, Vienna.

v, prep., in.

Videh, proper

z;<f&#, v.a., to allure.

videtz, v.a., to see.

Vdcslav, proper
ceslaus.

of

vlk, s.m., age.

*Z/0, s.m., attack.

utvoritt,

desirous

knowledge.

uttk, s.m., flight.

name, Wen-

Vineta,

s.f.,

an ancient

city of

the Slavs on the Baltic.

VOCABULARY
vinny, adj., belonging to wine

or the vine.
vino, s.n., wine.

vyhoveti, v.a., to suffice.

vykdzati, v.a., to appoint.

name,

proper

Bohemian

Vitus,

one's

vypra&ni,

own, be-

s.f.,

a wave.

z>0d#,

s.f.,

water.

vojsko, s.n.,

Vojtech,

vyrocni, adj., yearly.

of vysoky.

an army.

vystupovati, v.n., to

vyzamny,
vrdtiti

se,

to return.

forth.

adj., full

of meaning,

significant.

vyznacny,

a height.

vstoupiti, v.n., to enter.

adj., valuable, rare.

vzdorovati, v.a., to defy.

v&dy, adv., always;

for ever.

prep., against.
j

come

to drive out,

twine.

to elect.

hill,

v.a.,

vyvinouti) v.a., to untwist, un-

vplyv, s.m., influence.

vrdtiti, v.a., to turn

vytisknouti,

to force out.

translated Adalbert.
voleni, s.n., election.

/-&, s.m., a

maintenance,

zy/H/, adj., the highest, superl.

proper name, generally

voliti, v.a.,

s.n.,

support.
vypuknouti, v.n., to break out.

longing to one.
a wolf.

vlk, s.m.,

vlna,

be conspicu-

vypdsti) v.n., to fall out.

vlastenecky, adj., patriotic.

adj.,

represent.

ous, prominent.

a patriot.

vlastenec, s.m.,

vyliciti) v.n., to

vynikati, v.n., to

saint.

vlani, s.n., agitation.

vlastnt,

to instruct, ar-

v.a.,

range.

vir, s.m., giddiness.

Vit,

vycviciti,

169

conj.. but.

vzkrik, s.m.,

na vzdy,

an outcry.

vztahovati, v.a., to direct.

z>&, adv., altogether.

vsecek, adj., all.

vselijak, adj.,

in

all

kinds of
za, prep., during, for, after.

ways.
vtip, s.m., talent,

zacatek, s.m., the beginning.

genius.

vubec, adv., in general.

zaciti, v.a., to

z>$/?, s.f., will.

zdhadtij,

vychladnouti, v.n., to

grow

cold.

begin.

adj.,

dubious.

problematical,

BOHEMIAN GRAMMAR

170

zahradnfk, s.m., a gardener.

zdhujfitit v.n., to

howl,

make a

noise.

z,

prep., from.

zemdleni, s.n., weakening.

2^^^,

zdhy, adv., soon.

earth.

s.f.,

zahynouti, v.n., to perish.

zemsky, adj., earthy, belonging

to the earth or country.

zachovatt, v.a., to preserve.

zhasinati)

zachrdniti, v.a., idem,

v.n.,

to

be

extin-

guished.

zajeti, v.n., to ride forth.

zajmouti, v.a., to take.

(also zmoct), to

v.a.

zmdhati,
spread.

zaloziti (also zaklddati), v.a., to

znihni,

found.

annihilation, de-

s.n.,

struction.

zamys/eny, past part., plunged

in thought.

zniciti) v.a., to annihilate.

resound.

zniti, V.n., to

zamysliti, v.n., to think.

zaokrouhlovah\

v.a.,

to

zpatetni, adj.,

form

into a wreath or ring.

zr#,

zrcadliti

zdpadni, adj., western.

backward.

s.m., look.
se,

refl. v.,

to mirror

oneself.

a registration,

ztraceny, past part, of ztratiii^

zapradati, v.n., to begin to spin.

zvlastni, adj., special, indepen-

zapisovdni,

an

s.n.,

to lose.

entry.

dent.

zase, adv., again.

zasnoubeni,

s.n.,

betrothal.

zvolati, v.a., to call together, to

summon.

zasnoubiti) v.a., to betroth.

zastavlti, v.a., to support,

sa&f,

s.n.,

hatred.

zdstup, s.m., a band.

zatrepati, v.a.,

zbrani) s.n.,

to shake.

arms.

2^/0, adv., entirely.

2^,

adv., here.

zdravi, s.n., health.

zdrzeti, v.a.,

to restrain.

s.m., sorrow.

^/,
ze,

conj., that.

1^7, interj.,

pity that.

^7z, v.n., to live.

zivof, s.m., life.

$wjf, adj., living (fig. all alive

with).

Qgfg t$t

Crown

eame

8vo, price

Six Shillings.

A GRAMMAR OF THE RUSSIAN

LANGUAGE.
WITH READING

LESSONS.'

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

GEOGRAPHY, ETC

p.

p.

7
8

p.

....
1

pp. 1-6

MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE

MISCELLANEOUS
MODERN LANGUAGES
LATIN EDUCATIONAL WORKS
GREEK EDUCATIONAL WORKS

pp. 9-12

pp. 13-16
pp. 17-20

The English Language and

Literature.

HELPS TO THE STUDY OF THE LANGUAGE.

1.

DICTIONARIES.

NEW ENGLISH DICTIONARY, ON HISTORICAL PRIN-

CIPLES:

founded mainly on the materialsicollected by the Philological Society.

Imperial 410.
,

Vol.

I.
{

Vol.

II.

PRESENT STATE OF THE WORK.

g } Edited by Dr.

MURRAY

Half-morocco

2 12

MURRAY

Half-morocco

2 12

. ,.

Edited by Dr.

W-'-{E}ISbyy S^BH^v}
(

Edited by
TV
lv /F)

'tGJ HENRY BRADLEY

)
)
'

Half-norocco

F-Field
Field-Frankish

H-K

Franklaw-Fyz G-Gain-coming
Gaincope Germanizing
.

VoLV.

d.

A,

Edited by Dr. MURRAY.

076
o
050
12

.050
"

{g^-Hod

.*

.'

Bosworth and Toller. An Anglo-Saxon

Dictionary, based on Ibe

JOSEPH BOSWORTH, D.D. Edited and enlarged by

MS. Collections of the late

Prof. T. N. TOLLER, M.A. Parts I-III,
Part IV, Section I,

A-SAR.

SARSWIBRIAN

II,

%* A

May hew
A. D.

[410, 15*. each.

8s.

6d.

[ 4 to, 18*.

6d.

[ 4 to,

Swfp-SNEL-YTMEST

Supplement, which will complete the Work, is in active preparation,

and Skeat. A Concise Dictionary of Middle English, from

By A. L. MAYHEW, M.A., and W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D.

1150 to 1580.

[Crown 8vo,

half-roan, js. 6d.

Skeat. A Concise Etymological Dictionary of the English Language.

[Crown 8vo, 5*. 6d.
By W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D. Sixth Edition.
.

CLARENDON PRESS

SERIES.

GRAMMARS, READING BOOKS,

2.

Earie. The Philology of the English Tongue.

By

J. EARLE,
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Fifth Edition

Book for the Beginner in Anglo-Saxon. By

Third Edition.

Mayhew.

8*.

6d.

EARLE, M.A.,

[Extra

fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.

By A. L. MAYHEW,

[Extra fcap. 8vo, bevelled boards,

M >rris

M.A.,

J.

Synopsis of Old-English Phonology.

M.A

&c.

Bs.

6d.

and Skeat. Specimens of Early English

From Old English Homilies to King Horn (A.D. 1150 to A.D. 1300).
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 9*.
By R. MORRIS, LL.D. Third Edition.
Part II. From Robert of Gloucester to Gower (A.D._i298 to A.D. 1393). By
R. MORRIS, LL.D., and W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D. Third Edition. [7*. 6*.
Skeat.
Specimens of English Literature, from the 'Ploughmans
Parti.

Crde

to the

'

Shepheardes Calender.'

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

7*. 6d,

The Principles of English Etymology

First Series.

The Native Element. Second Edition

The Foreign Element.

[Crown 8vo, IQJ. 6d.

[Crown 8vo, ior. 6d.
A Primer ofEnglish Etymology. [Extra fcap. %VQ, stiffcovers, i s. 6d.
Twelve Facsimiles of Old-English Manuscripts.
[4to, 75. 6d.
Sweet. A New English Grammar, Logical and Historical
Part I. Introduction, Phonology, and Accidence.
[Crown 8vo, 10*. 6tf.
Part II. Syntax.
[Crown 8vo, 3*. 6d.
Short Historical English Grammar. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Second Series.

..........
.

A
A

[Extra
Primer of Historical English Grammar.
History of English Sounds from the Earliest Period.

First Steps in Anglo-Saxon.

An

Anglo-Saxon Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and Glossary.

An

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

In Prose and Verse.

Anglo-Saxon Reader.

Enlarged.

A Second Anglo-Saxon Reader.

Old English Reading Primers
I

..

Selected Homilies of JElfric. .

Extracts from Alfred's Orosius.

2*.

6d.

With Gram-

Seventh Edition, Revised and

[Crown 8vo, gs. dd.
.
.
[Extra fcap. 4*. 6d.

matical Introduction, Notes, and Glossary.

II.

[8vo, 14^.
25. 6d.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Eighth Edition
.

fcap. 8vo, 2*.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, 2S.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, zs.

.
.

First Middle English Primer, with Grammar and Glossary.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.
Second Edition
Second Middle English Primer. Extracts from Chaucer, with
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.
Grammar and Glossary
.
Primer of Spoken English. .
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3-f 6d.

A
A

Primer of Phonetics.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3-r. 6d.

A Manual of Current Shorthand, Orthographic and Phonetic.
[Crown 8vo, 4$. 6d
Tancock. An Elementary English Grammar and Exercise Book.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, i*. 6d.
By O. W. TANCOCK, M.A, Third Edition.
An English Grammar and Reading Book, for Lower Forms
Fourth Edition.
in Classical Schools. By O. W. TANCOCK, M.A.
[3*. 6rf.
.

ENGLISH LITERATURE.

A SERIES OF ENGLISH

CLASSICS.

(CHRONOLOGICALLY ARRANGED.)
Chaucer.
Edited

The Prologue to the Canterbury Tales. (School Edition.}

[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiffcovers, is.
by W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D.
I.

The Prologue; The Knightes Tale; The Nonne

Prestes
Tale. Edited by R. MORRIS, LL.D. A New Edition, with Collations and
.
Additional Notes, by W. W. SKEAT, LittD.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6rf.
II.

III. The Prioresses Tale; Sir

The Clerkes Tale; The Squieres Tale, $c.
Sixth Edition

The Monkes Tale;

Tkopas ;

Edited by W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4$. 6d.

IV. The Tale of the Man of Lawe ; The Pardoneres Tale ;

The Second Nonnes Tale; The Chanouns Yemannes Tale. By the same

New Edition,

Editor.
..

....

Revised.

VI. The Legend of Good Women.

VII. The

By

[Crown 8vo,

6d.
60".

same Editor.

the

Hous of Fame. By the same

45.

ioj.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

V. Minor Poems. By the same Editor.

Editor.

[Crown 8vo,

6*.

[Crown 8vo,

25.

The Vision of William concerning Piers the Plowman,

by WILLIAM LANGLAND. Edited by W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D. Sixth Edition.

Lang-land.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Gamely n, The Tale

Edited by

of.

4$. 6d.

W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers,

is.

6d.

Wycliffe. The New Testament in English, according to the Version

by JOHN WYCLIFFE, about A.D. 1380, and Revised by JOHN PURVEY, about
A.D. 1388. With Introduction and Glossary by W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D.
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

6s.

Ecclesiastes, and the

Song of Solomon: according to the Wycliffite Version made by NICHOLAS BE
HEREFORD, about A.D. 1381, and Revised by JOHN PURVEY, about A.D. 1368.
With Introduction and Glossary by W.W.SKEAT.Litt.D. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 31. 60.

The Books of Job, Psalms, Proverbs,

The Poems

Minot.

.of

Spenser.

Edited, with Introduction

Second Edition. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. td.

Laurence Minot.

and Notes, by JOSEPH HALL, M.A.

The Faery Queene.

Books

and

II.

Edited by G.

W.

KITCHIN, D.D., with Glossary by A. L. MAYHEW, M.A.

[Extra

Hooker.
M. A.,

Ecclesiastical Polity,
late

Dean

Book

of St. Paul's

I.

fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.

Edited by R.

each.

W. CHURCH,

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Marlowe and Greene. MARLOWE'S

2*.

Tragical History of Dr. Faustus,

and GREENE'S Honourable History of Friar Bacon and Friar Bung ay.
and
W.
Litt.D.
New
A.
Edited by
Enlarged Edition. [Crown 8vo, 6s. 6a.
WARD,
Marlowe. Edward II. Edited by O. W. TANCOCK, M.A. Second
Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo. Paper covers 2* ; cloth, 3*.
B 2

...

CLARENDON PRESS
Shakespeare. Select Plays.
W. ALDIS WRIGHT, B.C. L

Edited by

SERIES.

W.

G. CLARK, M.A., and

[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covert.

Macbeth, x*. 6d.

The Merchant 0) Venice, i*.

Hamlet, as.
Richard the Second, i*. 6d.
Edited by W. ALOIS WRIGHT, D.C.L.
Coriolanus. zs. 6d.
The Tempest, i*. (>d.
Richard the Third, at.
As You Like It. is. 6d.
A Midsummer Night's Dream, is. 6d. Henry the Fifth, is.
King John. is. 6d.
Twelfth Night. T.S. 6d.

King Lear.

Julius Caesar, as.

Henry the Eighth,

is.

6rf.

6d.

zs.
Much Ado About Nothing. is.6d.
Henry the Fourth, Part 7. zs.
Dramatic
a popular Illustration of the
a
as
Artist;
Shakespeare
[Cr. 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Principles oj Scientific Criticism. By R. G. MOULTON, M.A.
Bacon. Advancement of Learning. Edited by W. ALOIS WRIGHT,

Third Edition

D.C.L.

The Essays.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

4*.

6d.

Edited, with Introduction and Illustrative Notes,

[Demy
by S. H. REYNOLDS, M.A
Milton. I. Areopagitica. With Introduction and Notes. By JOHN
W. HALES, M.A. New Edition
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
In two
Edited by R. C. BROWNE, M.A.
II. Poems.

8vo, half-bound, its. 6d.

New Edition

Volumes.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Sold separately, Vol. I. 45., Vol. II. 33.
In paper covers, Lycidas, -$d. Comus, 6d.

6*. 6d.

By OLIVER ELTON, B.A.

L' Allegro, ^d.
II Penseroso, 4d.
Comus, is.
Edited with Notes, by H. C.
III. Paradise Lost. Book I.
In Parchment, $s.6d.
.
.
[Extra fcap. 8 vo, i*. 6d.
BEECHING, M.A.
IV. Paradise Lost. Book II. Edited by E. K. CHAMBERS,
B.A.
.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. Books I and II together, 2S. 6d.
Lycidas, 6d.

V. Samson Agonistes. Edited, with Introduction and Notes,

[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiffcovers, is.
by JOHN CHURTON COLLINS, M.A.
Milton's Prosody. By ROBERT BRIDGES. [Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.
Bunyan. I. The Pilgrim's Progress, Grace Abounding, Relation of
.

the Imprisonment ofMr. John Bunyan. Edited by E. VENABLES, M.A.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3$. 6d. In Parchment, 45. 6d.
II.

The Holy War, and the Heavenly Footman. Edited by

PEACOCK

MABEL

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*.

6d.

History of the Rebellion. Book VI. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by T. ARNOLD, M.A. Second Edition.
[Crown 8vo, 5*.
Edited by G. BOYLE, M. A., Dean of Salisbury.
II. Selections.

Clarendon.

I.

[Crown 8vo,

7*.

6d,

Select Poems. {Stanzas on the Death of Oliver Cromwell ;

Redux l Annus Mirabilis ; Absalom and Achitophel ; Religio Laid I
The Hind and the Panther.) Edited by W. D. CHRISTIE, M.A. Fifth Edition.

Drydeu.

Astreea

Revised by C. H. FIRTH,

M.A

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*.

6d.

Essay of Dramatic Poesy. Edited, with Notes, by T.ARNOLD,

M.A. Second Edition
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
Conduct of the Understanding. Edited, with Introduction,
Third Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 23. 6d.
Notes, &c., by T. FOWLER, D.D.

Locke.

ENGLISH LITERATURE.
Addison.

Selections from Papers in the 'Spectator? By T. ARNOLD,

M.A. Sixteenth Thousand.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Steele. Selections from the Tatler, Spectator, and Guardian.
By
AUSTIN DOBSON. Second Edition
[Crown 8vo, js. 6d.
Swift. Selections from his Works. Edited, with Life, Introductions,
and Notes, by Sir HENRY CRAIK, K.C.B. Two Vols.
[Crown 8vo, cloth extra, price 155.
Each volume may be had separately price js. 6d.
',

Pope.

Essay on Man.

1.

Edited by

MARK

PATTISON, B.D.

Edition

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

II. Satires

Sixth
is.

6d.

and Epistles. By the same Editor. Fourth Edition.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

zs.

Thomson.

The Seasons, and The Castle of Indolence. Edited by

J. LOGIE ROBERTSON, M. A
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4$. 6d.
The Castle of Indolence. By the same Editor. [Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.
Berkeley. Selections. With Introduction and Notes. By A. C.FRASER,
LL.D.

Fourth Edition

[Crown 8vo, Ss.td.

Johnson.

I.
Rasselas.
Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by
G. BIRKBECK HILL, D.C.L.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, limp, zs. ; Bevelled boards. 3S.6d.; in Parchment, ^s.6d.

II. Rasselas ; Lives of Dryden and Pope.

Edited by
ALFRED MILNES, M.A
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Lives of Dryden and Pope.
.
[Stiff covers, zs. 6d.
III. Life of Milton.
Edited, with Notes, &c., by C. H.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6d. ; cloth, zs. (>d.
FIRTH, M.A.
IV. Vanity of Human Wishes.
With Notes, by E. J.
.

PAYNE, M.A
Selected Poems.

Oray.

[Paper covers, ^d.

Edited by

EDMUND

GOSSE, M.A.
[In Parchment,
Notes for Schools.

The same, together with Supplementary

FOSTER WATSON, M.A
[Extra fcap.
.
Elegy, and Ode o n Eton College.
.

Goldsmith

3$.

By

8vo, stiff covers, if. 6d.

[Paper covers, zd.

Selected Poems. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by

.
.
AUSTIN DOBSON.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d. In Parchment, 4*. 6et.
.

The Traveller. Edited by G. B. HILL, D.C.L. [Stiff covers, n.

The Deserted Village
[Paper covers zd.
Cowper. I. The Didactic Poems 0/1182, with Selections from the
Edited by H. T. GRIFFITH, B.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3$.
II. The Task, with Tirocinium, and Selections from the
Minor Poems, A.D. 1784-1799. By the same Editor.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3^.
Burke. I. Thoughts on the Present Discontents ; the two Speeches on
.
.
America. Edited by E. J. PAYNE, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo 4*. 6d.

Minor Pieces,

II.
Editor.

A.D. 1779-1783.

Re/lections

Second Edition

on the French Revolution.

By

the

same

[Extra fcap. 8vo, <->s.

Peace with the

III.
Four Letters on the Proposals for
[Extra fcap. 8vo,
Regicide Directory of France. By the same Editor.

55.

CLARENDON PRESS
Burns.

Selected Poems.

Keats.

The Odes of Keats.

SERIES.

Edited by J. LOGIK ROBERTSON, M.A.

[Crown 8vo,

by ARTHUR

C.

6*.

With Notes and Analyses and a Memoir,

DOWNER, M.A.

With Four

Illustrations.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*. 6d. net.

Hyperion, Book I. With Notes, by W. T. ARNOLD, B.A. 4*.

Byron. Childe Harold. With Introduction and Notes, by H. F. TOZER,
M.A
In Parchment, 5*.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
With Introduction and Notes. By W. M.
Adonais.
Shelley.
ROSSETTI

Soott.

[Crown 8vo, 5*.

Edited, with Preface and Notes, ly

Lake.

the

Lady of

W. MINTO, M.A. With Map

Lay of the Last

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Minstrel.

Edited by

6d.

3*.

W. MINTO, M.A. With

as.
In Parchment, 3*. 6d.
Introduction and Canto I, with
Preface and Notes, by W. MINTO, M.A
[Paper covers, 6d.
Lord of the Isles. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by
THOMAS BAVNE.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, zs. ; cloth, zs. 6d.

Map.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers,

Lay of

the Last Minstrel.

Marmion.

By

the

same Editor.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*. 6d.

.......

The Talisman. Edited, with Introduction, Notes &c., by H. B.

GEORGE, M.A
[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, 25.
Campbell. Gertrude of Wyoming. Edited, withlntroduction and Notes,
[Extra fcap.Svo, i*.
by H. MACAULAY FrrzGiBBON, M.A. Second Edition.
Wordsworth. The White Doe of Rylstone. Edited by WILLIAM
KNIGHT, LL.D., University of St. Andrews.
In

Two Volumes

best

.......

Typical Selections from the

[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.

English Writers.

GEOGRAPHY,

Second Edition.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*. 6d.

each.

&c.

.........
..........
- ...........

Ores-well.
History of the Dominion of Canada.
By W. PARR
ORES WELL, M.A
[Crown 8vo, 7*. 6</.
Geography of the Dominion of Canada and Newfoundland. By
the same Author
[Crown 8vo, 6s.
Geography of Africa South of the Zambesi. By the same
Author
[Crown 8vo, js. 6d.
Hughes (Alfred). Geography for Schools. faitl, Practical Geography
With Diagrams
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.

...... ...
......

Lucas. Historical Geography of the British

B.A.

Colonies.

By C.

P.

LUCAS,

Introduction. With Eight Maps

[Crown 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Vol. I. The Mediterranean and Eastern Colonies (exclusive of India). With

Eleven Maps

............
.......
..........

The West Itidian Colonies. With Twelve Maps.

.
.
Vol. III. West Africa. With Five Maps
Vol. IV. South and East Africa.
Historical and Geographical.

Vol. II.

Eleven Maps

Also Vol.

Part

I.

Historical.

6s. 6d.

IV in two PartsPart

II.

Geographical,

y. 6d.

[5$.

[ 7 s.6d.
[75.

6d.

With
fas.

6d.

MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

A Text Book of Algebra (with Answers to the Examples}. By
W. STEADMAN ALOIS, M.A
[Crown 8vo, 7*. (>d.
Emtag-e. An Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Electricity
and Magnetism, By W. T. A. EMTAGE, M.A.
[Crown 8vo, js. 6d.
rinn. The 'Junior" Euclid. Books I and II. [Crown 8vo. Nearly ready.
Fisher. Class-Book of Chemistry. By W. W. FISHER, M.A., F.C.S.
Aldis.

Fourth Edition
[Crown 8vo, 45. 6d.
An Introduction to Chemical Crystallography. By ANDREAS
Ph.D.
Translated
and Edited by W. J. POPE. With a Preface by
FOCK,
N. STORY-MASKELYNE, M.A., F.R.S
[Crown 8vo, 5*.
Hamilton and Ball. Book-keeping. By Sir R. G. C. HAMILTON,
and
BALL.
and
New
Edition.
K.C.B.,
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*.
JOHN
Enlarged
** Ruled Exercise
Books adapted to the above may be had, price is. 6d.
also, adapted to the Preliminary Course only, price $d.
Harcourt and Madau. Exercises in Practical Chemistry. By A. G.
VERNON HARCOURT, M.A., and H. G. MADAN, M.A. Fifth Edition.
Revised by H. G. MADAN, M.A
[Crown 8vo, 101. 6a.

Pock.

Figures made Easy : a first Arithmetic Book. By LEWIS

HENSLEY, M.A
[Crown 8vo, 6d. Answers, is.
The Scholar's Arithmetic. By the same Author.
[Crown 8vo, 2*. 6d. Answers, is. dd.
The Scholar's Algebra. An Introductory work on Algebra.
[Crown 8vo, 2*. dd.
By the same Author.
An Elementary Treatise on Analytical Geometry. By
Johnston.
W. J. JOHNSTON, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Mincliin. Geometry for Beginners. An easy Introduction to Geometry
for Young Learners. By G M. MINCHIN, M.A., F.R.S. [Extra fcap. 8vo, i*. 6d.
Nixon. Euclid Revised. Containing the essentials of the Elements of
Plane Geometry as given by Euclid in his First Six Books. Edited by R. C. J.
[Crown 8vo, 6s.
NIXON, M.A. Third Edition
*** May likewise be had in parts as follows
Books I-IV, 35.
Books V, VI, 3*. 6a'.
Books I, II, is. 6d.
Book I, is.
Geometry in Space. Containing parts of Euclid's Eleventh
and Twelfth Books. By the same Author.
[Crown 8vo, 3$. 6d.
Elementary Plane Trigonometry ; that is, Plane Trigonometry
.
without Imaginaries. By the same Author.
[Crown 8vo, 7*. (>d.

Hensley.

Russell.

An Elementary Treatise on Pure Geometry. By J. WELLESLEY

[Crown 8vo, ioj. 6d.

RUSSELL, M.A
Selby Elementary Mechanics of Solids and Fluids. By A. L. SELBY,
M.A
[Crown 8vo, 7$. f>d.
Williamson. Chemistry for Students. By A. W. WILLIAMSON,
.

Phil. Doc.,

F.R.S

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

8*.

6d.

Woollcombe. Practical Work in General Physics. By W. G. WOOLLCOMBB, M.A., B.Sc

Practical
Practical

Work
Work

[Crown 8vo,

in Heat.
in Light

By the same Author. [Crown 8vo,

and Sound. By the same Author.
[Crown

Practical Work in Electricity

Immediately.

Author.

and Magnetism.

2*.

2*.

8vo, is.

the same
[Crown 8vo, zs.

By

CLARENDON PRESS

SERIES.

MISCELLANEOUS.
Cooksou.

Essays on Secondary Education.

Edited by CHRISTOPHER COOKSON, M.A.

By Various Contributors.
[Crown Svo, paper boards, 45. 6d.

The Educational Systems of Great Britain and Ireland.

Balfour.

GRAHAM RALFOUR, M.A.

[Crown

Buckmaster. Elementary Architecture for

.........
.........

General Readers.
Illustrations.

Schools,

By MARTIN A. BUCKMASTER. With

Svo,

By

js.

6d.

Art Students, and

thirty-eight full-page
[Crown 8vo, 4$. 6d.

The Elements of Deductive and Inductive Logic. By T.

[Extra fcap. Svo, 7*. 6rf.
FOWLER, D.D

Fowler.

Also, separately

The Elements

of Deductive Logic, designed mainly for the use of

Junior Students in the Universities. With a Collection of Examples.
[Extra fcap. Svo, 3$. 6d.
The Elements of Inductive Logic, designed mainly for the use of
.
Students in the Universities. Sixth Edition. .
.
[Extra fcap. Svo, 6s.

Farmer. Hymns and Chorales for Schools and Colleges.

Edited by JOHN FARMER, Organist of Balliol College, Oxford
.
.
[5*.
Hymns without the Tunes, as.
Hull ah. The Cultivation of the Speaking Voice. By JOHN HULLAH.
[Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.
Music.

Maclaren. A System of Physical Education: Theoretical and Practical.

By ARCHIBALD MACLAREN. New Edition, re-edited and enlarged by
WALLACE MACLAREN, M.A., Ph. D
[Crown Svo, Zs.6d. net.
Troutbeck and Dale. A Music Primer for Schools. By J. TROUT-

.....

.
.
[Crown Svo, i*. 6d.
BECK, D.D., and R. F. DALK, M.A., B.Mus. .
Handbook of Pictorial Art.
With Illustrations, and
a chapter on Perspective by A. MACDONALD. By R. ST. J. TYRWHITT, M.A.
Second Edition.
[8vo, half-morocco, iSs.
Upcott. An Introduction to Greek Sculpture.
By L. E. UPCOTT,
.
M.A.
[Crown Svo, 45. 6d.

Tyrwhitt.

..... ...

......

Kelps to the Study of the Bible, taken from the Oxford Bible for
New, Enlarged and Illustrated Edition. Pearl i6mo,
Large Paper Edition, Long Primer Svo, cloth boards, 55.

Teachers.
is. net.

stiff

covers,

Helps to the Study of the Book of Common Prayer. Being a

Companion to Church Worship. By W. R. W. STEPHENS, B.D. [Crown Svo, 2*.

The

Parallel Psalter, being the Prayer-Book Version of the Psalms,

and a new Version arranged on opposite pages. With an Introduction and
Glossaries by the Rev. S. R. DRIVER, D.D., Litt.D. Fcap. Svo, 6s.
Old Testament History for Schools. By T. H. STOKOE, D.D.
I.
Part
Part II.
Part III.
work.

From the Creation to the Settlement in Palestine. (Second Edition.)

From the Settlement to the Disruption of the Kingdom.
From the Disruption to the Return from Captivity. Completing the
[Extra fcap. Svo,

25. 6d.

Notes on the Gospel of St. Luke, for Junior Classes.

MOORE

each Part.

By

SMITH, Lady Principal of the Ladies' College, Durban, Natal.

[Extra fcap. Svo, stiff covers,

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

,

<E&m8ur<$0, <m& QJe

HENRY FROWDE

E. J.
is.

6d.

Cfcmnbon
Modern Languages.

FRENCH.
Bracket.

Etymological Dictionary of the French Language, with a

Preface on the Principles of French Etymology. Translated into English by

G. W. KITCHIN, D.D., Dean of Durham. Third Edition.
[Crown 8vo, 7*. 6d.

Historical Grammar of the

by G. W. KITCHIN, D.D.

French

into English

Translated

Language.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3^.

d.

Historical Grammar of the French Language. From the French of AUGUSTS BRACKET. Rewritten and Enlarged by
PAGET TOYNBEE, M.A
[Crown 8vo, js. 6d.

Bracket and Toynbee.

........

BURY,

....By GEORGE

Primer of French Literature.

Saiiitsbtiry.

M.A.

Fourth Edition, Revised.

SAINTS-

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Short History of French Literature.

By

..........

zs.

the same Author.

Fifth Edition, Revised, with the Section on the Nineteenth Century greatly
[Crown 8vo, IQJ. 6d.
enlarged
Specimens of French Literature, from Villon to Hugo. By

the

same Author

Toynbee.
duction,

[Crown 8vo,

Specimens of Old French (ix-xv centuries}. With IntroNotes, and Glossary. By PAGET TOYNBEE, M.A.
[Crown 8vo, i6s.

Beaumarchais. Le Barbier

de Seville.

With Introduction and Notes

by AUSTIN DOBSON

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

zs. f>d.

VEloquence

de la Chaire et de la Tribune Francises.

Edited by PAUL BLOUET, B.A. (Univ. Gallic.) Vol. I. French Sacred Oratory.

Blonet.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Corneille.

Horace.

SAINTSBURY,

Cinna.

zs. 6d.

With Introduction and Notes by GEORGE

M.A
With Notes, Glossary, &c.

B.A

[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs.dd.

By GUSTAVE MASSON,

[Extra fcap. %vo, stiff covers,

Gautier (Theophile).
G. SAINTSBURY, M.A

Scenes of Travel.

is.

6d.\ cloth, zs.

Selected and Edited by

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

2s.

XIV and

his Contemporaries ; as described in Extracts from the best Memoirs of the Seventeenth Century. With English Notes,
Genealogical Tables, &c. By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.

Masson.

Louis

Moliere. Les Precieuses Ridicules.

ANDREW LANG, M.A.

With

Introduction and Notes by

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

is.ftd.

With Notes, Glossary, &c. By

Les Femmes Savantes.
GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiffcovers, is.6et.\ cloth, zs.
.

Le Misanthrope.

Edited by H.

W. GEGG MARKHEIM, M.A.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

B 3

3$.

6d.

CLARENDON PRESS

10

Moliere. Les Fourberies de Scapin.

By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A.
Musset.
On ne badine pas avec
.

SERIES.

With

Voltaire's Life of Moliere.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers,

is.

dd.

I' Amour,
and Fantasia.
With
by WALTER HERRIES POLLOCK. [Extra fcap. 8vo, zs.

Introduction, Notes, &c.,

NOVELETTES
Xavier de Maistre. Voyage autour de ma Chambre.
Madame de Duras. Ourika.
Erckmann-Chatrian.Ztf Vieux Tailleur.

La

LesJumeauxdeT HdtelCorneille.

Rodolphe Topffer.

Mesaventures d'un Ecolier.

ma

Veillee de Vincennes.

Ext.

Chambre, separately, limp,

Lettres a sa Mere.

Quinet.

Edition.

yr

Alfred de Vigrny.
Edmond About.
Voyage autour de

By GUSTAVE
MASSON, B. A.,
fc ap. 8vo,

zs.

is. (>d.

Edited by G. SAINTSBURY, M. A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Racine. Esther. Edited by G. SAINTSBURY, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo,

Le Joueur.
.
)
Regfnard. .
By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A.

25.

2s.

Brueys and Palaprat.

Sainte-Beuve.

Le Grandeur.

Selections

G. SAINTSBURY,

M.A

from

tExtra fcap- 8vo,

the Causeries

du Lundi.

2*.

6d.

Edited by

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

zs.

Sivigne'. Selections from the Correspondence of Madame de Sevig-ne

and her chief Contemporaries. By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.

Merope. Edited by G.SAINTSBDRY, M.A. [Extrafcap.

Voltaire.

8vo, 2s.

ITALIAN AND SPANISH.

Primer of Italian Literature.

By

F.

J.

SNELL, B.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

35.

6d.

Opere di Dante AUghieri, nuovamente rivedute nel

testo dal Dr. E. MOORE: Con un Indice dei Nomi Propri e delle Cose
Notevoli contenute nelle Opere di Dante, compilato da PAGET TOYNBEE, M.A.

Dante.

Tutte

le

[Crown 8vo,
*^* Also, an India Paper edition, cloth extra, 9^. 6d. ; and
Miniature edition, 3 vols., in case, IQJ. 6d.
Selections from the 'Inferno?

With Introduction and Notes,

by H. B. COTTERILL, B.A.

Tasso.

La Gerusalemme

and Notes by

Cervantes.

....
Cantos

i, ii.

With
[Extra

4$.

6d.

Introduction

fcap. 8vo, zs.

6d.

of the Wooden Horse, and Sancho Panza's

Edited, with Introduction, Life and Notes, by CLOVIS BE"VENOT,
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. f>d.

The Adventure

Governorship.

M.A

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Liberata.

the same Editor.

js. 6d.

MODERN LANGUAGES.
G-

Buchheim.

EB

M A N,

Extracts in Prose and Poetry from

BUCHHEIM,

Phil.

&c.

Modern German Reader.

Graduated Collection of

Modern German Writers.

Edited by C. A.

Doc.

Part I. With English Notes, a Grammatical Appendix, and a complete

.
.
Vocabulary. Seventh Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.
Part II. With English Notes and an Index.
.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.
.

German Poetry for Beginners. Edited, with Notes and Vocabulary, by EMMA S. BUCHHEIM
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs.
Short German Plays, for Reading and Acting. With Notes

and a Vocabulary.

By

BUCHHEIM.

the

same Editor.

German Prose

Elementary

Second Edition.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

By

Composition.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth,

zs.

EMMA

S.

stiff covers, is. 6d.

Ehrke.

Passages for Unprepared Translation from German.

Lang-e.

The Germans at Home; a

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3$.

Practical Introduction to German

Conversation, with an Appendix containing the Essentials of German

By HERMANN LANGE. Third Edition

The German Manual ; a

Grammar.

[8vo, zs. 6d.

German Grammar,

Reading

Book, and a Handbook of German Conversation. By the same Author. [7$. f>d.
Grammar of the German Language, being a reprint of the
Grammar contained in The German Manual. By the same Author. [8vo, 35. 6d.

German

Composition;

a Theoretical and Practical Guide to

By the same Author.

the Art of Translating English Prose into German.

Third Edition

[8vo, 4$. 6d.

[A Key

to the above,

price $s.~}
German Spelling:
Synopsis of the Changes which it has
undergone through the Government Regulations of 1880.
[Paper cover, 6d.

Becker's

Priedrich

der Grosse.

With

an

Historical

Sketch

of the Rise of Prussia and of the Times of Frederick the Great. With Map.
Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc.
.
.
.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3$. 6d.

Chamisso.

Peter SchlemihVs Wundersame Geschichte.

With Notes

and Vocabulary. By EMMAS. BUCHHEIM. Fourth Tkoiesand. [Extra fcap. 8vo, zs.
Goethe. -Egmont. With a Life of Goethe, &c. Edited by C. A.
.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, -$s.
BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Fourth Edition.
Drama. With a Critical IntroIphigenie auf Tauris.
Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Fourth Edition.
duction and Notes.
.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Dichtung und Wahrheit : (The

C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil.
'H.til'm.'&Griseldis.
Phil.

First

Four Books.)

Doc

3.1.

Edited by

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

45. 6d.

With English Notes, &c. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM,

Doc

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

35.

With a Life of Heine, &c. With Map. Edited

by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Second Edition. [Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, zs. 6d.
Prosa, being Selections from his Prose Works. Edited, with
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 45. 6d.
English Notes, &c., by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc.

Heine's Harzreise.

Hoffmann's Heute Mir Morgen Dir.

Edited by

J.

H. MAUDE, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

zs.

CLARENDON PRESS

12

Laokoon.

Lessing-.

M.A.

With Notes, &c.

SERIES.

By A. HAMANN,

Phil. Doc.,

Revised, with an Introduction, by L. E. UPCOTT, M.A.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Minna von Barnhelm.

Critical Analysis, Complete
Phil. Doc.
Seventh Edition

4$.

6d.

With a Life of Lessing,

Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM,
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3$. 6d.

Comedy.

Commentary, &c.

Weise. With English Notes, &c. Edited by

Doc. Second Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4$. 6d.
Tales of Greek Heroes.
Edited with English Notes and a Vocabulary, by EMMA S. BUCHHEIM.
Edition A. Text in German Type. [Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff, is. 6d.
Edition B. Text in Roman Type. )
cloth, zs.
Seines
Vaters Sohn and Gespensterkampf. Edited with Notes,
Biehl's
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs.
by H. T. GERRANS
Schiller's Historische Skizzen : Egmonts Leben und Tod, and Belagerung von Antwerpen. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Fifth

Nathan der

C. A.

BUCHHEIM,

Phil.

Niebuhr's Griechische Heroen-Geschichten.

,

Edition, Revised

and Enlarged,

-with

a Map.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

zs.

6d.

With a

Life of Schiller; an Historical and

Critical Introduction, Arguments, a Complete Commentary, and Map. Edited
[Extra fcap. 8vo, y. f>d.
by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Seventh Edition.
Wilhelm Tell. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc.

Wilhelm

Tell.

With Map
Jungfrau von Orleans.

School Edition.

Second Edition
Stuart.

Doc.

Maria

Scherer.

Edited by C. A.

History of

[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs.

Phil.
[Extra fcap. 8 vo, 45. (>d.
BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. f>d.

Edited by C. A.

German

Literature.

BUCHHEIM,

By W. SCHERER.

Translated from the Third German Edition by Mrs. F. C. CONYBEARE. Edited

[8vo, 21*.
by The Rt. Hon. F. MAX MULLER. 2 vols
* *
Or, separately, los. 6d. each volume.
#

History of German Literature from the Accession ofFrederick

Death of Goethe. Reprinted from the above. [Crown 8vo, 55.
Miiller. The German Classics from the Fourth to the Nineteenth
Century. With Biographical Notices, Translations into Modern German, and
Notes, by The Rt. Hon. F. MAX MULLER, M.A. A New edition, revised,
enlarged, and adapted to WILHELM SCHERER'S History of German Literature,
[Crown 8vo, zis.
by F. LICHTENSTEIN. 2 vols
*%* Or, separately, IQJ. 6d. each volume.
Wright. An Old High German Primer. With Grammar, Notes,
and Glossary. By JOSEPH WRIGHT, M.A., Ph.D.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
the Great to the

Max

.......

Middle High German Primer. With Grammar, Notes,

and Glossary Second Edition. By the same Author. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d.
A Primer of the Gothic Language. With Grammar, Notes, and
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4$. 6d.
Glossary. By the same Author

.....

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

n, <Bbtn6ur30, <mfc

Qtew

HENRY FROWDE

Latin Educational Works.

GRAMMARS, LEXICONS,
Rudimenta Latina.

Allen.

&c.

Comprising Accidence, and Exercises of

for the use of Beginners.
By J. BARROW ALLEN,

- ...........
....
- ..........
- ..........
a very Elementary Character,

M.A

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

zs.

Elementary Latin Grammar. By the same Author. New

Edition,. Revised and Enlarged.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.
A First Latin Exercise Book. By the same Author. Eighth

An

Edition

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Second Latin Exercise Book.

By

the same Author.

zs. 6d.

Second

Edition
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d.
[A Key to First $ Second Latin Exercise Books :for Teachers only, price 55- net,\
Fox and Bromley. Models and Exercises in Unseen Translation.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 55. 6d.
By H. F. Fox, M.A., and T. M. BROMLEY, M.A.
[A Key to Passages quoted in the above : for Teachers only, price f>d. net.}

Gibson.

An Introduction

Jerram.

Reddenda Minora.

By W.

Latin Syntax.

to

S.

GIBSON, M.A.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Anglice Reddenda.
Anglice Reddenda.
AngHce Reddenda.

By

C. S.

FIRST SERIES.

is.

25. 6d.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

........

Elegiacs.

'.

Ph.D

M.A.

35. 6et.

6^.]

An Elementary Latin Dictionary. By CHARLTON T. LEWIS,

6d.

............
Latin Dictionary for Schools.

By

the

[Square 8vo,

js.

same Author.
[Small 4 to, 18*.

Lindsay.

Nunns.

4*.

3*.

By H. LEE-

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

[A Key i* provided for Teachers only, price

6d.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

SECOND SERIES.
THIRD SERIES.

Lee-Warner. Hints and Helps for Latin

WARNER, M.A
Lewis.

25.

JERRAM, M.A.

........

Short Historical Latin Grammar.

First Latin Reader.

By W. M. LINDSAY,

ByT. J. NUNNS,M.A.

[Crown 8vo, 5$. 6d.

Third Edition.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Ramsay. Latin

Prose Composition.

zs.

By G. G. RAMSAY, M.A., LL.D.

Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo.

Vol. I. Syntax, Exercises -with Notes, $c., 43. 6d.
Or in two Parts, 25. f>d. each, viz.
Part II. The Compound Sentence.
Part I. The Simple Sentence.
** A Key to the above, price 55. net. Supplied to Teachers only, on application
to the Secretary, Clarendon Press.
Vol. II. Passages of Graduated Difficulty for Translation, into Latin
together with an Introduction on Continuous Prose, 45. 6d.
Ramsay. Latin Prose Versions. Contributed by various Scholars.
Edited by G.G. RAMSAY, M.A..LL.D.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

5*.

CLARENDON PRESS

14

SERIES.

Owen and

Phillimore. Mvsa Clavda. Translations into Latin Elegiac

By S. G. OWEN and J. S. PHILLIMORE. [Crown 8vo, paper boards, y.bd.
Sargfent. Easy Passagesfor Translation into Latin. By J. Y. SARGENT,
Verse.

M.A.
IA

Seventh Edition

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Key to this Edition is provided : for Teachers only\ price 55., net.]
Latin Prose Primer. By the same Author. [Ex. fcap. 8vo,

2,1.

6d.

zs.

6d.

The Principles of Sound and Inflexion, as

and Latin Languages. By J. E. KING, M.A., and
CHRISTOPHER COOKSON, M.A
[8vo, 18*.
An Introduction to the Comparative Grammar of Greek and
Latin. By the same Authors
[Crown 8vo, 5*. 6d.

King and Cookson.

1

illustrated in the Greek

Fapillon.
M.A.

A Manual of Comparative

By T. L. PAPILLON,

Philology.

Third Edition

[Crown

Caesar. The Commentaries (for Schools).

By CHARLES E. MOBERLY, M.A.
The

Gallic

Books

With Notes and Maps.

War. New Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo

and II, zs.
I-III, 2*.
III-V, 2*. 6d.
;

8 vo, 6*.

VI-VIII,

3*.

6d.

The Civil War.

Second Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d.
Oatnlli Veronensis Carmina Selecta, secundum recognitionem
ROBINSON ELLIS, A. M
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
Cicero. Selection of Interesting and Descriptive Passages. With Notes.
By HENRY WALFORD, M.A. In three Parts. Third Edition.
.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Parti.
Anecdotes from Grecian and Roman History. .
[limp,
Part II. Omens and Dreams ; Beauties of Nature.
.
[ ,,
Part III. Rome' s Rule of her Provinces
[
.

De Amidtia.
STOCK,

With Introduction and Notes.

M.A

By

ST.

4.1.

if.
is.
i*.

GEORGE

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

De

With Introduction
Senectute.
HUXLEY, B.A. In one or two Parts

and Notes.

3*.

By LEONARD

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Pro Cluentio. With Introduction and Notes.

6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.

2*.

By W. RAMSAY,

M.A. Edited by G. G.RAMSAY, M.A. Second Edition. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. f>d.
Pro Marcello, pro Ligario, pro Rege Deiotaro With Introduction
and Notes. By W. Y. FAUSSET, M.A.
.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.
Pro Milone. With Notes, &c. By A. B. POYNTON, M.A.
.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Pro Roscio.
STOCK,

With Introduction and Notes.

M.A

zs.

6d.

By ST. GEORGE

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*.

6d.

Select Orations (for Schools). In Verrem Actio Prima. De

Imperio Gn. Pompeii. Pro Archia. Philippica IX. With Introduction and
Notes. By J. R. KING, M.A. Second Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.
.

'

In Q. Caecilium Divinatio and In C. Verrem Actio Prima.

With Introduction and Notes. By J. R. KING, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, i*. 6d.
By
Speeches against Catilina. With Introduction and Notes.
E. A. UPCOTT, M.A.

Second Edition.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

2$. (xL

LATIN EDUCATIONAL WORKS.

15

Cicero. Philippic Orations (I-III, V, VII). With Notes, &c., by J. R.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d. Nearly ready.
KING, M. A
With Notes.
Selected Letters (for Schools).
By C. E.
PRICHARD, M.A., and E. R. BERNARD, M.A. Second Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
Select
pendices.

With English Introductions, Notes, and Ap-

Letters.

By ALBERT WATSON, M.A.

Select Letters.

Text.

By

the

Fourth Edition.

same Editor.

[8vo, i8s .

Second Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Early

Roman

Notes.

4*.

With Introduction and

Poetry. Selected Fragments.

By W. W. MERRY, D.D

[Crown 8vo,

6*.

6d.

With a Commentary. Volume I. The Odes, Carmen

Seculare, and Epodes. By EDWARD C. WICKHAM, D.D. New Edition.

Horace.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Odes,

Book

I.

Selected Odes.

By

the same Editor.

With

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Notes for the use of a Fifth Form.
.

the same Editor

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

The Complete Works.

By

the

6s.

2 s.

By
zs.

same Editor.

writing-paper, 32mo, ys. 6d.

on India paper,

55.
[On
Satires.
Edited, with Introduction, Notes, &c., by
M. A., and H. A. STRONG, M.A. Second Edition. [Crown 8vo, gs.
Livy. Selections (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By H. LEE[Extra fcap. 8vo.
WARNER, M.A
Part I.
The Caudine Disaster
[limp, is. 6d.
is. 6rf.
Part II. Hannibal's Campaign in Italy.
[
i*. 6</.
Part III. The Macedonian War.
[
,,

Juvenal.

',

XIII

C. H. PEARSON,

....

VII. With Introduction and Notes. By A. R. CLUER,

Second Edition. Revised by P. E. MATHESON, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 5*.
Book V, 2s. 6d. ; Book VII, 2s. By the same Editors.

Books
B. A.

With Introduction, Notes, and Maps.

Books XXI XXIII.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 55.
By M. T. TATHAM, M.A. Second Edition
Book XXI. By the same Editor.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Book XXII. By the same Editor.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Third
With Notes.
Nepos.
By OSCAR BROWNING, M.A.
Edition. Revised by W. R. INGE, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.
.

Lives from. Miltiades, Themistocles, Pausanias. With Notes,

Maps, Vocabularies, and English Exercises. By JOHN BARROW ALLEN, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

is.

&/.

Selections (for the use of Schools). With Introductions and

Notes, and an Appendix on the Roman Calendar. By W. RAMSAY, M.A.
.
Edited by G. G. RAMSAY, M.A. Third Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 55. 6d.

Ovid.

Tristia, Book I. The

Notes. By S. G. OWEN, B.A.
Tristia,
Editor

Book

III.

Text revised, with an Introduction and

Second Edition.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

With Introduction and Notes. By

[

3*. 6<

the san.e

Extra fcap. 8 vo,

a*.

Translation and Commentary by

Third Edition. [8vo, 6s. 6d.
J. CONINGTON, M.A., edited by H. NETTLESHIP, M.A.

Per sins.

The

Satires.

With

CLARENDON PRESS

SERIES.

W. M. LINDSAY,
M.A
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.
Trinummus. With Notes and Introductions. By C. E. FREEMAN,

Plantns. Captivi. With Introduction and Notes. By

M.A.

Pliny.

and A. SLOMAN, M.A.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*.

By C. E. PRICHARD, M.A., and

Selected Letters (for Schools).

E. R. BERNARD, M.A. Third Edition.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 33.
Quintilian. Institutionis Oratoriae Liber X. Edited by W. PETERSON, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3$. 6d.
Sallust. Bellum Catilinarium and Jugurthinum. With Introduction and Notes, by W. W. CAPES, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4$. 6d.
Tacitns. The Annals. Books I IV. Edited, with Introduction and
Notes for the use of Schools and Junior Students, by H. FURNEAUX, M.A.
.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Book

The Annals.
The Annals.
Terence.

M.A

I.

By

the same Editor.

[Crown

(Text only)

With Notes and

Adelphi.

5*.

\limp, zs.

8vo, 6s.

By A. SLOMAN,

Introductions.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*.

Andria. With Notes and Introductions. By C. E. FREEMAN,

M. A., and A. SLOMAN, M.A. Second Edition
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3.1.
With Notes and Introductions. By A. SLOMAN,
Phormio.
M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 34.
Tibullns and Properties. Selections. Edited, with Introduction and
G.
G.
M.A.
Second
Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 6*.
Notes, by
RAMSAY,
Virgfil. With an Introduction and Notes. By T. L. PAPILLON, M.A.,
.

and A. E. HAIGH, M.A.

[Crown 8vo, 2 vols., cloth, price 6s. each, or in stiff covers, y. 6d. each.
The Text, including the Minor Works.
[On writing-paper, 32010, y. 6d. on India paper, 5*.
Aeneid. With Introduction and Notes, by the same Editors.
In Four Parts
[Crown 8vo, 25. each.
;

With Introduction and Notes, by C. S. JERRAM, M.A.

Aeneid I.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, limp,

Aeneid IX.
HAIGH, M.A.
Bucolics.

Edited, with
.

Introduction

[Extra fcap. 8vo, limp,,

Georgics.
Georgics.

6d.

is. 6d.

In two Parts,

25.

With Introduction and Notes, by C.S. JERRAM, M.A.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Bucolics
HAIGH, M.A

is.

and Notes, by A. E.

and

Georgics.

By T.

zs. ftd.

L. PAPILLON, M.A., and A. E.

[Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d.

Books I, II. By C.S. JERRAM, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. f>d.
Books III, IV. By the same Editor. [Extra fcap. 8 vo, zs.6d.

Otfor*

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

Bonbon,

fctn6ur30,

an& Ql*n> $orft

HENRY FROWDE

Greek Educational Works.

GRAMMARS, LEXICONS,

The Elements of Greek Accentuation

Chandler.
H.

&c.

W. CHANDLER, M.A.

Second Edition.

(for Schools).
By
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.

Fox and Bromley.

Models and Exercises in Unseen Translation.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 55. 6d.
Fox, M.A., and T. M. BROMLEY, M.A.

By H. F.
[A Key to

Passages quoted in the above : for Teachers only, price

Graece Reddenda.

Jerraxn.

By C.

S.

JERRAM, M.A.

Reddenda Minora
Anglice Reddenda.

fid.

net.]

\is.

6d.

is.

6d.

2s.

6d.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

....

First Series.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Second Series.
Third Series
Laurence. Hints for Greek Iambic Verse.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, $s.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, $s.

Nearly ready.
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

to the

above for Teachers only, price

[A Key
Liddell and Scott.

An

55.

35.

6d.

net (Nearly Ready).]

Greek-English Lexicon.
Intermediate Greek-English Lexicon.

[4to, 36.?.

[Small 4to,

2 s.

6d.

Greek- English Lexicon, abridged.

[Square 12 mo, 7$. 6d.
Primer of Greek Prose Composition. By J. YOUNG
Sargent.
.

SARGENT,

M.A

[A Key

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d.

above for Teachers only, price $s. net.}
Translation into Greek Prose. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.

to the

Passagesfor

Exemplaria Graeca; being Greek Renderings of Selected "Pas-

sages for Translation into Greek Prose."

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Models and Materials for Greek Iambic Verse.

.
Wordsworth. A Greek Primer. By the Right Rev.
[Extra fcap.
WORDSWORTH, D.C.L. Eighty-third Thousand.
Graecae Grammaticae Rudimenta in usum Scholarum.
CAROLO WORDSWORTH, D.C.L. Nineteenth Edition.
.

[ 4S .

3$.
e<f.

CHARLES
8 vo, is. 6d.

Auctore
[i2mo, 45.

King- and Cookson. An Introduction to the Comparative Grammar of

Greek and Latin. By J. E. KING, M.A., and C. COOKSON, M.A.
[Crown 8vo,

Papillon.

Manual of Comparative

Philology.

55.

6d.

By T. L. PAPILLON,

M.A

[Crown

8vo, 6s.

A COURSE OF GREEK READERS.

Easy Greek Reader. By EVELYN ABBOTT, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
First Greek Reader. By W. G. RUSHBROOKE, M.L. Third Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

2*. &/.

CLARENDON PRESS

SERIES.

Second Greek Reader. By A. M. BELL, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.

Specimens of Greek Dialects being a. Fourth Greek Reader. With
;

Introductions and Notes.

Selections from

By W. W. MERRY, D.D.

4*.

6d.

being a Fifth

WRIGHT, M.A.

Second Edition, Revised,

Wright and Shadwell.

R.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4$. 6d.

By EVELYN ABBOTT, M.A.
The Golden Treasury of Ancient Greek Poetry. By Sir R. S

Greek Reader.

Wright.
Sir

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Homer and the Greek Dramatists

S.

"A

Golden

IDS. 6d.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Treasury of Greek Prose.

WRIGHT, M.A.,and J. E. L. SHADWELL, M.A.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

By

4*. 6rf.

THE GREEK TESTAMENT.

A

An Easy Grammar and Reading Book

Greek Testament Primer.

for the use of Students beginning Greek.

By E. MILLER, M.A. Second Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, paper cavers, zs. ; cloth, 3^. kd.

Evang-elia Sacra Graece.

[Fcap. 8vo, limp,

ZTovum Testamentum Graece juxta Exemplar Millianum.

Accedunt parallela S.
STovtim Testamentum Graece.
Edidit CAROLUS LLOYD, S.T.P.R

loca, &c.

is.

6d.

[25. 6d.

Scripturac
[i8mo,

3*.

Appendices to the above. By W. SANDAY, M.A. 3*. 6af.

Greek Testament, with the Readings adopted by the Revisers of
Critical

The

the Authorised Version, and Marginal References.

Outlines of Textual Criticism applied to the

By C. E. HAMMOND, M.A. Fifth Edition.
.

[Fcap. 8vo,

New

Testament.

[Crown 8vo,

45. 6rf.

45. (>d.

GREEK CLASSICS FOR SCHOOLS.

Aeschylus.

Agamemnon. With Introduction and Notes, by ARTHUR

SIDGWICK, M.A.

Fourth Edition.

....

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3*.

same Editor.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, y.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
the same Editor.
Eumenides.
With Introduction and Notes, by A. O.
Prometheus Bound.
Choephoroi.

PRICKARD, M.A.

By
By

the

Second Edition.

....

Extra fcap. 8vo,

zs.

The Acharnians.
With Introduction and Notes,
Aristophanes.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
by W. W. MERRY, D.D. Fourth Edition.
The Birds. By the same Editor.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
The Clouds. By the same Editor. Third Edition.
.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

3$.

The Frogs. By the same Editor

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
.
The Knights. By the same Editor.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
The Wasps. By the same Editor
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
Gebes. Tabula. With Introduction and Notes, by C. S. JERRAM, M.A.
.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

***

Abridged School Edition. Paper boards^

is.

6d.

zs.

6d.

GREEK EDUCATIONAL WORKS.

Demosthenes

19

Orations against Philip. With Introduction and Notes.

M.A., and P. E. MATHESON, M.A.
.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
Philippic I and Olynthiacs I III.
.

By EVELYN ABBOTT,
Vol.

I.

Vol. II.

DePace, Philippic

II,

De

Chersoneso, Philippic III.

Philippics only, reprintedfrom the above,

[45. 6d.

zs. 6d.

By C. S.JERRAM, M.A. [Extrafcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

By A. H. CRUICKSHANK:, M.A.
\$s. 6d.
Cyclops. By W. E. LONG, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 25. 6d.
Hecuba. By C. H. RUSSELL, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Helena. By C. S. JERRAM, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3^.
Heracleidae. By the same Editor.
.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3 s.
Ion. By the same Editor.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
Iphigenia in Tauris. By the same Editor. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.
Medea. With Introduction, Notes, and Appendices. By C. B.

Euripides. Akestis.
Bacchae.

HEBERDEN, M.A.

Herodotus.
M.A.

In one or two Parts.

Edited, with Notes, by

In one or two Parts

Selections.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Iliad,

Book

zs.

6d.

By M. T. TATHAM, M.A.

III.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Homer,

35.

Map, by

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

for Beginners.

2*.

EVELYN ABBOTT,

Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and a

W. W. MERRY, D.D

Homer

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Book IX.

is.

6d.

Books I-XII. With an Introduction, a brief Homeric

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s.
Grammar, and Notes. By D. B. MONRO, M.A.
Iliad, Books XIII-XXIV.
By the same Editor.
[6s.
Iliad, Book I.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.
By the same Editor.
Iliad,

By HERBERT HAILSTONE, M.A.

[is. 6d.
By W. W. MERRY, D.D.
[5*.
[Each is. (,d.
Odyssey, Books I and II. By the same Editor.
Odyssey, Books VI and VII. By the same Editor.
[is. 6d.
Odyssey, Books VII-XII. By the same Editor. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
By the same Editor. New
Odyssey, Books XIII-XXIV.
Iliad,

Book XXI.

Odyssey, Books I-XII.

Edition

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Odyssey, Books XIII-XVIII.

XiUcian. VeraHistoria.

The Apology.

By

5*.

fcap. 8vo, 35.

[Extrafcap. 8 \o,is.6d.

SNELL, B.A. [Extrafcap. 8 vo, 2s.

With Introduction and Notes. By ST. GEORGE

STOCK, M.A. Second Edition

With Introduction
Crito.

Meno.

the same Editor.

[Extra

By C. S.JERRAM, M.A.

Lysias. Epitaphios. Edited by F.

Plato.

By

J.

zs. 6d.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

and Notes.

the same Editor.

By

the same Editor.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

[2s.

2$. 6d.

CLARENDON PRESS

20

SERIES.

Selections. With Introductions and Notes.

and Preface by B. JOWETT, M.A. Second Edition.

Plato.

By J.PuRVES,M.A.,
[Extra fcap. 8vo,

5,1.

....

Plutarch.

Lives of the Gracchi. Edited, with Introduction, Notes,

and Indices, by G. E. UNDERBILL, M.A.
[Crown 8vo, 45. 6d.
Sophocles. Edited, with Introductions and English Notes, by LEWI.
CAMPBELL, M.A., and EVELYN ABBOTT, M.A. New Edition. 2 Vols. los. 6d.
[or, Vol. I.

Text,

45. 6d.

',

Vol. II. Notes, 6s.

CU" Also in single Plays. Extra fcap. 8&0, limp, 2s. each.
Oedipus Rex : Dindorf's Text, with Notes by W. BASIL JONES,
D.D.,

late

Bishop of St. David's.

SNOW).

[Extra fcap. 8vo, limp, is.6d.

Edited, with Notes, by

Theocritus.

H. KYNASTON, D.D.

Fifth Edition.

Thucydides. Book
W. H. FORBES, M.A

Xenophon.

Easy

With

I.

6d.

45.

Introduction, Notes, and Maps.

By

[8vo, 8*. 6d.

Selections.

With Map.

JERRAM, M.A.

(late

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

By

PHILLPOTTS, B.C.L., and C.

J. S.

Third Edition

S.

[3$. 6rf.

With Notes and Maps. By J. S.

Selections (for Schools).
.
.
.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d.
PHILLPOTTS, B.C.L. Fourth Edition.
[A Key to Sections /-///, for Teachers only, price 25. 6d. net.]
Book I. With Introduction, Notes, and Map. By
M.A
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs. 6d.
Anabasis, Book II. With Notes and Map. By C. S. JERRAM,
M.A
[Extra fcap. 8vo, zs.
Anabasis, Book III. With Introduction, Analysis, Notes, &c.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 25. 6d.
By J. MARSHALL, M.A
Anabasis, Book IV. With Introduction, Notes, &c. By the same
J.

Anabasis,
MARSHALL,

Editor.

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Books III and IV. By the same Editor. [Extra

Vocabulary to the Anabasis. By the same Editor.
Cyropaedia,

Book

I.

With Introduction and

D.D

Notes.

[is. 6d.

By C. BIGG,

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

Cyropaedia, Books IV, V.

same Editor
Hellenica,

UNDERBILL,

Books

I, II.

25.

fcap. 8vo, 3*.

2*.

With Introduction and Notes. By the

[Extra fcap. 8vo,

With Introduction and Notes.

M.A

25.

6d.

By G. E.

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 3$.

Edited for the use of Schools, with Introduction

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 4$. 6d.
and Notes, &c. by J. MARSHALL, M.A.

Memorabilia.

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

dtn6ur$$, anb QJ*

HENRY FROWDE

wanted

in